Coverage Report

Created: 2025-06-24 06:45

/src/binutils-gdb/bfd/elf32-sh.c
Line
Count
Source (jump to first uncovered line)
1
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright (C) 1996-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10
   (at your option) any later version.
11
12
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15
   GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
21
22
#include "sysdep.h"
23
#include "bfd.h"
24
#include "bfdlink.h"
25
#include "libbfd.h"
26
#include "elf-bfd.h"
27
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
28
#include "elf/sh.h"
29
#include "dwarf2.h"
30
#include "libiberty.h"
31
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33
/* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */
34
0
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
35
36
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
37
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
39
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
40
static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
41
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
42
static bool sh_elf_align_loads
43
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
44
static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
45
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50
static bfd_vma tpoff
51
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
56
0
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
58
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59
0
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
61
0
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
63
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67
0
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68
0
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69

70
#define SH_PARTIAL32 true
71
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74
{
75
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76
};
77
78
#define SH_PARTIAL32 false
79
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82
{
83
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84
};
85

86
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
88
static bool
89
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90
1.36k
{
91
1.36k
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92
1.36k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
93
1.36k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
94
95
1.36k
  return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
96
1.36k
    || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
97
#else
98
  return false;
99
#endif
100
1.36k
}
101
102
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
104
static bool
105
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106
22.9k
{
107
22.9k
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108
22.9k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
109
22.9k
  extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
110
111
22.9k
  return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
112
22.9k
    || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
113
#else
114
  return false;
115
#endif
116
22.9k
}
117
118
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
120
static reloc_howto_type *
121
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122
826
{
123
826
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124
0
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125
826
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126
826
}
127
128
static bfd_reloc_status_type
129
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130
       asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131
       bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132
       bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133
0
{
134
0
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135
0
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136
0
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137
0
  int diff, cum_diff;
138
0
  bfd_signed_vma x;
139
0
  int insn;
140
141
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142
0
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
145
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147
0
  if (! last_addr)
148
0
    {
149
0
      last_addr = addr;
150
0
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151
0
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152
0
    }
153
0
  if (last_addr != addr)
154
0
    abort ();
155
0
  last_addr = 0;
156
157
0
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
160
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161
0
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162
0
    {
163
0
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164
0
  contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165
0
      else
166
0
  {
167
0
    if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168
0
             &contents))
169
0
      {
170
0
        free (contents);
171
0
        return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172
0
      }
173
0
  }
174
0
    }
175
0
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176
0
  start_ptr = contents + start;
177
0
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178
0
    {
179
0
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180
0
  ptr -= 2;
181
0
      ptr += 2;
182
0
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183
0
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
184
0
      cum_diff += diff;
185
0
    }
186
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
189
0
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
190
0
    {
191
0
      start -= 4;
192
0
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193
0
    }
194
0
  else
195
0
    {
196
0
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198
0
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199
0
  start0 -= 2;
200
0
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201
0
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202
0
      end = start0;
203
0
    }
204
205
0
  if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
206
0
    free (contents);
207
208
0
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
209
210
0
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
211
0
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
212
0
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
213
0
    - (input_section->output_section->vma
214
0
       + input_section->output_offset));
215
0
  x >>= 1;
216
0
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
217
0
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
218
219
0
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
220
0
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
221
222
0
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
223
0
}
224
225
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
226
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
227
228
static bfd_reloc_status_type
229
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
230
        void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
231
        char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
232
0
{
233
0
  bfd_vma insn;
234
0
  bfd_vma sym_value;
235
0
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
236
0
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
237
0
  bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
238
0
  bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
239
240
0
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242
0
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
243
0
    {
244
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
245
0
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246
0
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
247
0
    }
248
249
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
250
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
251
0
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252
0
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254
0
  if (symbol_in != NULL
255
0
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256
0
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258
  /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
259
0
  if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260
0
      > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263
0
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264
0
    sym_value = 0;
265
0
  else
266
0
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267
0
     symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268
0
     symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270
0
  switch (r_type)
271
0
    {
272
0
    case R_SH_DIR32:
273
0
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274
0
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275
0
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
276
0
      break;
277
0
    case R_SH_IND12W:
278
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279
0
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280
0
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281
0
        + input_section->output_offset
282
0
        + addr
283
0
        + 4);
284
0
      sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
285
0
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
286
0
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
287
0
      if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
288
0
  return bfd_reloc_overflow;
289
0
      break;
290
0
    default:
291
0
      abort ();
292
0
      break;
293
0
    }
294
295
0
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
296
0
}
297
298
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
299
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
300
301
static bfd_reloc_status_type
302
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
303
         asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
304
         void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
305
         bfd *output_bfd,
306
         char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
307
44
{
308
44
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
309
0
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
310
44
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
311
44
}
312
313
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
314
315
struct elf_reloc_map
316
{
317
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
318
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
319
};
320
321
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
322
323
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
324
{
325
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
370
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
371
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
372
};
373
374
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
375
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
376
377
static reloc_howto_type *
378
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
379
0
{
380
0
  unsigned int i;
381
382
0
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
383
0
    {
384
0
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
385
0
  return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
386
0
    }
387
388
0
  return NULL;
389
0
}
390
391
static reloc_howto_type *
392
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
393
0
{
394
0
  unsigned int i;
395
396
0
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
397
0
    {
398
0
      for (i = 0;
399
0
     i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
400
0
    / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
401
0
     i++)
402
0
  if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
403
0
      && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
404
0
    return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
405
0
    }
406
0
  else
407
0
    {
408
0
      for (i = 0;
409
0
     i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
410
0
    / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
411
0
     i++)
412
0
  if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
413
0
      && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
414
0
    return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
415
0
    }
416
417
0
  return NULL;
418
0
}
419
420
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
421
422
static bool
423
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
424
833
{
425
833
  unsigned int r;
426
427
833
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
428
429
833
  if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
430
833
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
431
833
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
432
833
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
433
833
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
434
833
      || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
435
7
    {
436
      /* xgettext:c-format */
437
7
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
438
7
        abfd, r);
439
7
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
440
7
      return false;
441
7
    }
442
443
826
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
444
826
  return true;
445
833
}
446

447
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
448
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
449
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
450
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
451
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
452
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
453
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
454
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
455
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
456
457
static bool
458
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
459
          struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
460
0
{
461
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
462
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
463
0
  bool have_code;
464
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
465
0
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
466
0
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
467
468
0
  *again = false;
469
470
0
  if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
471
0
      || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
472
0
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
473
0
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
474
0
    return true;
475
476
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
477
478
0
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
479
0
         (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
480
0
          link_info->keep_memory));
481
0
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
482
0
    goto error_return;
483
484
0
  have_code = false;
485
486
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
487
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
488
0
    {
489
0
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
490
0
      unsigned short insn;
491
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
492
0
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
493
494
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
495
0
  have_code = true;
496
497
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
498
0
  continue;
499
500
      /* Get the section contents.  */
501
0
      if (contents == NULL)
502
0
  {
503
0
    if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
504
0
      contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
505
0
    else
506
0
      {
507
0
        if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
508
0
    goto error_return;
509
0
      }
510
0
  }
511
512
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
513
   the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
514
   computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
515
   from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
516
0
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
517
0
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
518
0
  {
519
    /* xgettext:c-format */
520
0
    _bfd_error_handler
521
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
522
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
523
0
    continue;
524
0
  }
525
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
526
527
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
528
   do.  */
529
0
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
530
0
  {
531
0
    _bfd_error_handler
532
      /* xgettext:c-format */
533
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
534
0
         "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
535
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
536
0
    continue;
537
0
  }
538
539
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
540
   displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
541
   displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
542
   before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
543
   of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
544
   on a four byte boundary.  */
545
0
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
546
0
      paddr *= 4;
547
0
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
548
0
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
549
0
  {
550
0
    _bfd_error_handler
551
      /* xgettext:c-format */
552
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
553
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
554
0
    continue;
555
0
  }
556
557
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
558
   being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
559
   actually being called.  */
560
0
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
561
0
  if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
562
0
      && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
563
0
    break;
564
0
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
565
0
  {
566
0
    _bfd_error_handler
567
      /* xgettext:c-format */
568
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
569
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
570
0
    continue;
571
0
  }
572
573
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
574
0
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
575
0
  {
576
0
    isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
577
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
578
0
      isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
579
0
              symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
580
0
              NULL, NULL, NULL);
581
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
582
0
      goto error_return;
583
0
  }
584
585
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
586
0
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
587
0
  {
588
    /* A local symbol.  */
589
0
    Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
590
591
0
    isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
592
0
    if (isym->st_shndx
593
0
        != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
594
0
      {
595
0
        _bfd_error_handler
596
    /* xgettext:c-format */
597
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
598
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
599
0
        continue;
600
0
      }
601
602
0
    symval = (isym->st_value
603
0
        + sec->output_section->vma
604
0
        + sec->output_offset);
605
0
  }
606
0
      else
607
0
  {
608
0
    unsigned long indx;
609
0
    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
610
611
0
    indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
612
0
    h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
613
0
    BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
614
0
    if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
615
0
        && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
616
0
      {
617
        /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
618
     symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
619
     regular reloc processing.  */
620
0
        continue;
621
0
      }
622
623
0
    symval = (h->root.u.def.value
624
0
        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
625
0
        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
626
0
  }
627
628
0
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
629
0
  symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
630
0
      else
631
0
  symval += irelfn->r_addend;
632
633
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
634
0
      foff = (symval
635
0
        - (irel->r_offset
636
0
     + sec->output_section->vma
637
0
     + sec->output_offset
638
0
     + 4));
639
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
640
   .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
641
   So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
642
   that.  */
643
0
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
644
0
  {
645
    /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
646
0
    continue;
647
0
  }
648
649
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
650
651
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
652
   contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
653
   must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
654
   information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
655
   of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
656
   that would be more work, but would require less memory when
657
   the linker is run.  */
658
659
0
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
660
0
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
661
0
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
662
663
      /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
664
665
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
666
   replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
667
0
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
668
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
669
   here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
670
   not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
671
   a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
672
   the value of the symbol is not available.  */
673
674
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
675
   symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
676
   the final link phase handle it.  */
677
0
      if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
678
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
679
0
      else
680
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
681
682
0
      irel->r_addend = -4;
683
684
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
685
   DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
686
   the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
687
   have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
688
0
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
689
690
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
691
   register load.  */
692
0
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
693
0
  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
694
0
      && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
695
0
    break;
696
0
      if (irelscan < irelend)
697
0
  {
698
    /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
699
       and we have not yet converted that function call.
700
       Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
701
       nothing else we can do at this point.  */
702
0
    continue;
703
0
  }
704
705
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
706
   function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
707
   bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
708
0
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
709
0
  if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
710
0
      && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
711
0
    break;
712
713
      /* Delete the register load.  */
714
0
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
715
0
  goto error_return;
716
717
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
718
   other function call to come within range, we should relax
719
   again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
720
0
      *again = true;
721
722
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
723
0
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
724
0
  {
725
0
    _bfd_error_handler
726
      /* xgettext:c-format */
727
0
      (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
728
0
         "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
729
0
       abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
730
0
    continue;
731
0
  }
732
733
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
734
   just deleted one.  */
735
0
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
736
0
  {
737
    /* xgettext:c-format */
738
0
    _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
739
0
            abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
740
0
    continue;
741
0
  }
742
743
0
      --irelcount->r_addend;
744
745
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
746
   the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
747
   previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
748
0
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
749
0
  {
750
0
    if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
751
0
      goto error_return;
752
0
  }
753
754
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
755
0
    }
756
757
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
758
     byte boundaries.  */
759
0
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
760
0
      && have_code)
761
0
    {
762
0
      bool swapped;
763
764
      /* Get the section contents.  */
765
0
      if (contents == NULL)
766
0
  {
767
0
    if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
768
0
      contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
769
0
    else
770
0
      {
771
0
        if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
772
0
    goto error_return;
773
0
      }
774
0
  }
775
776
0
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
777
0
        &swapped))
778
0
  goto error_return;
779
780
0
      if (swapped)
781
0
  {
782
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
783
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
784
0
    symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
785
0
  }
786
0
    }
787
788
0
  if (isymbuf != NULL
789
0
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
790
0
    {
791
0
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
792
0
  free (isymbuf);
793
0
      else
794
0
  {
795
    /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
796
0
    symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
797
0
  }
798
0
    }
799
800
0
  if (contents != NULL
801
0
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
802
0
    {
803
0
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
804
0
  free (contents);
805
0
      else
806
0
  {
807
    /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
808
0
    elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
809
0
  }
810
0
    }
811
812
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
813
0
    free (internal_relocs);
814
815
0
  return true;
816
817
0
 error_return:
818
0
  if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
819
0
    free (isymbuf);
820
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
821
0
    free (contents);
822
0
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
823
0
    free (internal_relocs);
824
825
0
  return false;
826
0
}
827
828
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
829
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
830
   in coff-sh.c.  */
831
832
static bool
833
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
834
         int count)
835
0
{
836
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
837
0
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
838
0
  bfd_byte *contents;
839
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
840
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
841
0
  bfd_vma toaddr;
842
0
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
843
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
844
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
845
0
  unsigned int symcount;
846
0
  asection *o;
847
848
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
849
0
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
850
851
0
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
852
853
0
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
854
855
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
856
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
857
858
0
  irelalign = NULL;
859
0
  toaddr = sec->size;
860
861
0
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
862
0
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
863
0
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
864
0
    {
865
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
866
0
    && irel->r_offset > addr
867
0
    && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
868
0
  {
869
0
    irelalign = irel;
870
0
    toaddr = irel->r_offset;
871
0
    break;
872
0
  }
873
0
    }
874
875
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
876
0
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
877
0
     (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
878
0
  if (irelalign == NULL)
879
0
    sec->size -= count;
880
0
  else
881
0
    {
882
0
      int i;
883
884
0
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
885
886
0
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
887
0
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
888
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
889
0
    }
890
891
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
892
0
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
893
0
    {
894
0
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
895
0
      bfd_vma start = 0;
896
0
      int insn = 0;
897
0
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
898
0
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
899
0
      bool overflow;
900
901
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
902
0
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
903
0
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
904
0
     && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
905
0
    || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
906
0
        && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
907
0
  nraddr -= count;
908
909
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
910
   case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
911
   represent addresses, though.  */
912
0
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
913
0
    && irel->r_offset < addr + count
914
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
915
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
916
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
917
0
    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
918
0
  irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
919
0
             (int) R_SH_NONE);
920
921
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
922
   includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
923
0
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
924
0
  {
925
0
  default:
926
0
    break;
927
928
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
929
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
930
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
931
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
932
0
    start = irel->r_offset;
933
0
    insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
934
0
    break;
935
0
  }
936
937
0
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
938
0
  {
939
0
  default:
940
0
    start = stop = addr;
941
0
    break;
942
943
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
944
    /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
945
       section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
946
       must check the addend to see it will put the value in
947
       range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
948
0
    if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
949
0
      {
950
0
        isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
951
0
        if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
952
0
      && (isym->st_value <= addr
953
0
          || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
954
0
    {
955
0
      bfd_vma val;
956
957
0
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
958
0
        {
959
0
          val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
960
0
          val += isym->st_value;
961
0
          if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
962
0
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
963
0
        }
964
0
      else
965
0
        {
966
0
          val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
967
0
          if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
968
0
      irel->r_addend -= count;
969
0
        }
970
0
    }
971
0
      }
972
0
    start = stop = addr;
973
0
    break;
974
975
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
976
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
977
0
    if (off & 0x80)
978
0
      off -= 0x100;
979
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
980
0
    break;
981
982
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
983
0
    off = insn & 0xfff;
984
0
    if (! off)
985
0
      {
986
        /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
987
     relocation will be against an external symbol, the
988
     final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
989
0
        start = stop = addr;
990
0
      }
991
0
    else
992
0
      {
993
0
        if (off & 0x800)
994
0
    off -= 0x1000;
995
0
        stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
996
997
        /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
998
     for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
999
     start of the section.
1000
     N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1001
     test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1002
     account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1003
0
        if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1004
0
    irel->r_addend -= count;
1005
0
      }
1006
0
    break;
1007
1008
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1009
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
1010
0
    stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1011
0
    break;
1012
1013
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1014
0
    off = insn & 0xff;
1015
0
    stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1016
0
    break;
1017
1018
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1019
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1020
0
  case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1021
    /* These relocs types represent
1022
         .word L2-L1
1023
       The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1024
       address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1025
       adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1026
       both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1027
       N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1028
       and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1029
1030
0
    stop = irel->r_offset;
1031
0
    start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1032
1033
0
    if (start > addr
1034
0
        && start < toaddr
1035
0
        && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1036
0
      irel->r_addend += count;
1037
0
    else if (stop > addr
1038
0
       && stop < toaddr
1039
0
       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1040
0
      irel->r_addend -= count;
1041
1042
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1043
0
      voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1044
0
    else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1045
0
      voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1046
0
    else
1047
0
      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1048
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1049
1050
0
    break;
1051
1052
0
  case R_SH_USES:
1053
0
    start = irel->r_offset;
1054
0
    stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1055
0
          + (long) irel->r_addend
1056
0
          + 4);
1057
0
    break;
1058
0
  }
1059
1060
0
      if (start > addr
1061
0
    && start < toaddr
1062
0
    && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1063
0
  adjust = count;
1064
0
      else if (stop > addr
1065
0
         && stop < toaddr
1066
0
         && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1067
0
  adjust = - count;
1068
0
      else
1069
0
  adjust = 0;
1070
1071
0
      if (adjust != 0)
1072
0
  {
1073
0
    oinsn = insn;
1074
0
    overflow = false;
1075
0
    switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1076
0
      {
1077
0
      default:
1078
0
        abort ();
1079
0
        break;
1080
1081
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1082
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1083
0
        insn += adjust / 2;
1084
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1085
0
    overflow = true;
1086
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1087
0
        break;
1088
1089
0
      case R_SH_IND12W:
1090
0
        insn += adjust / 2;
1091
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1092
0
    overflow = true;
1093
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1094
0
        break;
1095
1096
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1097
0
        BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1098
0
        if (count >= 4)
1099
0
    insn += adjust / 4;
1100
0
        else
1101
0
    {
1102
0
      if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1103
0
        ++insn;
1104
0
    }
1105
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1106
0
    overflow = true;
1107
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1108
0
        break;
1109
1110
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1111
0
        voff += adjust;
1112
0
        if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1113
0
    overflow = true;
1114
0
        bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1115
0
        break;
1116
1117
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1118
0
        voff += adjust;
1119
0
        if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1120
0
    overflow = true;
1121
0
        bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1122
0
        break;
1123
1124
0
      case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1125
0
        voff += adjust;
1126
0
        bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1127
0
        break;
1128
1129
0
      case R_SH_USES:
1130
0
        irel->r_addend += adjust;
1131
0
        break;
1132
0
      }
1133
1134
0
    if (overflow)
1135
0
      {
1136
0
        _bfd_error_handler
1137
    /* xgettext:c-format */
1138
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1139
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1140
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1141
0
        return false;
1142
0
      }
1143
0
  }
1144
1145
0
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1146
0
    }
1147
1148
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1149
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1150
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1151
0
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1152
0
    {
1153
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1154
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1155
0
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1156
1157
0
      if (o == sec
1158
0
    || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
1159
0
    || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1160
0
    || o->reloc_count == 0)
1161
0
  continue;
1162
1163
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1164
   FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1165
   leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1166
0
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1167
0
       (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
1168
0
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1169
0
  return false;
1170
1171
0
      ocontents = NULL;
1172
0
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1173
0
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1174
0
  {
1175
    /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1176
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1177
0
      {
1178
0
        bfd_vma start, stop;
1179
0
        bfd_signed_vma voff;
1180
1181
0
        if (ocontents == NULL)
1182
0
    {
1183
0
      if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1184
0
        ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1185
0
      else
1186
0
        {
1187
          /* We always cache the section contents.
1188
       Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1189
       should free them, if we are permitted to,
1190
       when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1191
0
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1192
0
      {
1193
0
        free (ocontents);
1194
0
        return false;
1195
0
      }
1196
1197
0
          elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1198
0
        }
1199
0
    }
1200
1201
0
        stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1202
0
        start
1203
0
    = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1204
1205
        /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1206
0
        if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1207
0
    irelscan->r_addend += count;
1208
1209
0
        voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1210
0
        stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1211
1212
0
        if (start > addr
1213
0
      && start < toaddr
1214
0
      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1215
0
    bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1216
0
           ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1217
0
        else if (stop > addr
1218
0
           && stop < toaddr
1219
0
           && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1220
0
    bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1221
0
           ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1222
0
      }
1223
1224
0
    if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1225
0
      continue;
1226
1227
0
    if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1228
0
      continue;
1229
1230
1231
0
    isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1232
0
    if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1233
0
        && (isym->st_value <= addr
1234
0
      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1235
0
      {
1236
0
        bfd_vma val;
1237
1238
0
        if (ocontents == NULL)
1239
0
    {
1240
0
      if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1241
0
        ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1242
0
      else
1243
0
        {
1244
          /* We always cache the section contents.
1245
       Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1246
       should free them, if we are permitted to,
1247
       when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1248
0
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1249
0
      {
1250
0
        free (ocontents);
1251
0
        return false;
1252
0
      }
1253
1254
0
          elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1255
0
        }
1256
0
    }
1257
1258
0
        val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259
0
        val += isym->st_value;
1260
0
        if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1261
0
    bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1262
0
          ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263
0
      }
1264
0
  }
1265
0
    }
1266
1267
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1268
0
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1269
0
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1270
0
    {
1271
0
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1272
0
    && isym->st_value > addr
1273
0
    && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1274
0
  isym->st_value -= count;
1275
0
    }
1276
1277
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1278
0
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1279
0
        - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1280
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1281
0
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1282
0
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1283
0
    {
1284
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1285
0
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1286
0
     || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1287
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1288
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1289
0
    && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1290
0
  {
1291
0
    sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1292
0
  }
1293
0
    }
1294
1295
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1296
     r_offset for it already.  */
1297
0
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1298
0
    {
1299
0
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1300
1301
0
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1302
0
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1303
0
           1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1304
0
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1305
0
  {
1306
    /* Tail recursion.  */
1307
0
    return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1308
0
              (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1309
0
  }
1310
0
    }
1311
1312
0
  return true;
1313
0
}
1314
1315
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1316
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1317
1318
static bool
1319
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1320
        Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1321
        bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1322
        bool *pswapped)
1323
0
{
1324
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1325
0
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1326
0
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1327
0
  bfd_size_type amt;
1328
1329
0
  *pswapped = false;
1330
1331
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1332
1333
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1334
0
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1335
0
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1336
0
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1337
0
  if (labels == NULL)
1338
0
    goto error_return;
1339
0
  label_end = labels;
1340
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1341
0
    {
1342
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1343
0
  {
1344
0
    *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1345
0
    ++label_end;
1346
0
  }
1347
0
    }
1348
1349
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1350
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1351
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1352
1353
0
  label = labels;
1354
1355
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1356
0
    {
1357
0
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1358
1359
0
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1360
0
  continue;
1361
1362
0
      start = irel->r_offset;
1363
1364
0
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1365
0
  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1366
0
    break;
1367
0
      if (irel < irelend)
1368
0
  stop = irel->r_offset;
1369
0
      else
1370
0
  stop = sec->size;
1371
1372
0
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1373
0
             internal_relocs, &label,
1374
0
             label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1375
0
  goto error_return;
1376
0
    }
1377
1378
0
  free (labels);
1379
1380
0
  return true;
1381
1382
0
 error_return:
1383
0
  free (labels);
1384
0
  return false;
1385
0
}
1386
1387
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1388
1389
static bool
1390
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1391
       bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1392
0
{
1393
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1394
0
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1395
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1396
1397
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1398
0
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1399
0
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1400
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1401
0
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1402
1403
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1404
0
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1405
0
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1406
0
    {
1407
0
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1408
0
      int add;
1409
1410
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1411
   adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1412
   but are only associated with the address.  */
1413
0
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1414
0
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1415
0
    || type == R_SH_CODE
1416
0
    || type == R_SH_DATA
1417
0
    || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1418
0
  continue;
1419
1420
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1421
   swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1422
   for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1423
   instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1424
   around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1425
   instruction it shouldn't).  */
1426
0
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1427
0
  {
1428
0
    bfd_vma off;
1429
1430
0
    off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1431
0
    if (off == addr)
1432
0
      irel->r_addend += 2;
1433
0
    else if (off == addr + 2)
1434
0
      irel->r_addend -= 2;
1435
0
  }
1436
1437
0
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1438
0
  {
1439
0
    irel->r_offset += 2;
1440
0
    add = -2;
1441
0
  }
1442
0
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1443
0
  {
1444
0
    irel->r_offset -= 2;
1445
0
    add = 2;
1446
0
  }
1447
0
      else
1448
0
  add = 0;
1449
1450
0
      if (add != 0)
1451
0
  {
1452
0
    bfd_byte *loc;
1453
0
    unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1454
0
    bool overflow;
1455
1456
0
    loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1457
0
    overflow = false;
1458
0
    switch (type)
1459
0
      {
1460
0
      default:
1461
0
        break;
1462
1463
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1464
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1465
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1466
0
        oinsn = insn;
1467
0
        insn += add / 2;
1468
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1469
0
    overflow = true;
1470
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1471
0
        break;
1472
1473
0
      case R_SH_IND12W:
1474
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1475
0
        oinsn = insn;
1476
0
        insn += add / 2;
1477
0
        if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1478
0
    overflow = true;
1479
0
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1480
0
        break;
1481
1482
0
      case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1483
        /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1484
     the program counter before adding in the offset.
1485
     This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1486
     swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1487
     odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1488
     four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1489
0
        if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1490
0
    {
1491
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1492
0
      oinsn = insn;
1493
0
      insn += add / 2;
1494
0
      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1495
0
        overflow = true;
1496
0
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1497
0
    }
1498
1499
0
        break;
1500
0
      }
1501
1502
0
    if (overflow)
1503
0
      {
1504
0
        _bfd_error_handler
1505
    /* xgettext:c-format */
1506
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1507
0
     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
1508
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1509
0
        return false;
1510
0
      }
1511
0
  }
1512
0
    }
1513
1514
0
  return true;
1515
0
}
1516

1517
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1518
1519
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1520
{
1521
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1522
     first entry.  */
1523
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1524
1525
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1526
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1527
1528
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1529
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1530
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1531
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1532
1533
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1534
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1535
1536
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1537
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1538
1539
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1540
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1541
     that the field must hold.  */
1542
  struct {
1543
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1544
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1545
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1546
    bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
1547
       (instead of a constant pool entry).  */
1548
  } symbol_fields;
1549
1550
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1551
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1552
1553
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1554
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1555
     other cases.  */
1556
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1557
};
1558
1559
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1560
1561
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1562
1563
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1564
1565
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1566
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1567
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1568
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1569
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1570
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1571
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1572
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1573
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1574
{
1575
  0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1576
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1577
  0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1578
  0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1579
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1580
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1581
  0x60, 0xf6, /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1582
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1583
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1584
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1585
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1586
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1587
};
1588
1589
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1590
{
1591
  0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1592
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1593
  0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1594
  0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1595
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1596
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1597
  0xf6, 0x60, /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1598
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1599
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1600
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1601
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1602
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1603
};
1604
1605
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1606
   this.  */
1607
1608
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1609
{
1610
  0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1611
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1612
  0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1613
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1614
  0x60, 0x13, /*  mov r1,r0 */
1615
  0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1616
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1617
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1618
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1619
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1620
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1621
};
1622
1623
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1624
{
1625
  0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1626
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1627
  0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1628
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1629
  0x13, 0x60, /*  mov r1,r0 */
1630
  0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1631
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1632
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1633
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1634
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1635
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1636
};
1637
1638
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1639
1640
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1641
{
1642
  0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1643
  0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1644
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1645
  0x00, 0x09, /*  nop */
1646
  0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1647
  0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1648
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1649
  0x50, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1650
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1651
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1652
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1653
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1654
};
1655
1656
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657
{
1658
  0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1659
  0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1660
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1661
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1662
  0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1663
  0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1664
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1665
  0xc1, 0x50, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1666
  0x09, 0x00, /*  nop */
1667
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1668
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1669
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1670
};
1671
1672
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1673
  {
1674
    {
1675
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1676
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1677
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1678
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1679
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1680
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1681
      { 20, 16, 24, false },
1682
      8,
1683
      NULL
1684
    },
1685
    {
1686
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1687
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1688
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1689
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1690
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1691
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1692
      { 20, 16, 24, false },
1693
      8,
1694
      NULL
1695
    },
1696
  },
1697
  {
1698
    {
1699
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1700
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1701
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1702
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1703
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1704
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1705
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1706
      8,
1707
      NULL
1708
    },
1709
    {
1710
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1711
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1712
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1713
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1714
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1715
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1716
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
1717
      8,
1718
      NULL
1719
    },
1720
  }
1721
};
1722
1723
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1724
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1725
1726
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1727
{
1728
  0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1729
  0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1730
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1731
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1732
  0, 0, 0, 0  /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1733
};
1734
1735
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1736
{
1737
  0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1738
  0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1739
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1740
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1741
  0, 0, 0, 0  /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1742
};
1743
1744
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1745
{
1746
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1747
  0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1748
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1749
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1750
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1751
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1752
  0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
1753
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1754
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1755
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1756
};
1757
1758
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1759
{
1760
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1761
  0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1762
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1763
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1764
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1765
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1766
  0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
1767
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1768
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1769
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1770
};
1771
1772
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1773
{
1774
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1775
  0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1776
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1777
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1778
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
1779
  0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1780
  0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1781
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1782
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1783
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1784
};
1785
1786
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1787
{
1788
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1789
  0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1790
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1791
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1792
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
1793
  0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
1794
  0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
1795
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1796
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1797
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1798
};
1799
1800
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1801
  {
1802
    {
1803
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1804
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1805
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1806
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1807
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
1808
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1809
      { 8, 14, 20, false },
1810
      12,
1811
      NULL
1812
    },
1813
    {
1814
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1815
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1816
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
1817
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
1818
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
1819
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1820
      { 8, 14, 20, false },
1821
      12,
1822
      NULL
1823
    },
1824
  },
1825
  {
1826
    {
1827
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1828
      NULL,
1829
      0,
1830
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1831
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1832
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1833
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1834
      12,
1835
      NULL
1836
    },
1837
    {
1838
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1839
      NULL,
1840
      0,
1841
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1842
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1843
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1844
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
1845
      12,
1846
      NULL
1847
    },
1848
  }
1849
};
1850
1851
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
1852
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
1853
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
1854
   cache behavior.  */
1855
1856
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1857
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
1858
1859
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
1860
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
1861
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
1862
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
1863
   stubs separately.  */
1864
1865
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1866
{
1867
  0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1868
  0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1869
  0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1870
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1871
  0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1872
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1873
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1874
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1875
  0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1876
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1877
  0x53, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1878
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1879
};
1880
1881
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1882
{
1883
  0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
1884
  0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1885
  0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1886
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1887
  0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1888
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1889
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
1890
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1891
  0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1892
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1893
  0xc1, 0x53, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1894
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1895
};
1896
1897
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
1898
  {
1899
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1900
    NULL,
1901
    0,
1902
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1903
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1904
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1905
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1906
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1907
    NULL
1908
  },
1909
  {
1910
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1911
    NULL,
1912
    0,
1913
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1914
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
1915
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1916
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1917
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1918
    NULL
1919
  },
1920
};
1921
1922
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
1923
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
1924
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
1925
   but would not be any smaller.  */
1926
1927
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1928
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
1929
1930
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1931
{
1932
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1933
  0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1934
  0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
1935
  0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1936
  0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1937
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1938
  0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1939
  0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1940
  0x53, 0xc1, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1941
  0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1942
};
1943
1944
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1945
{
1946
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
1947
  0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
1948
  0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
1949
  0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
1950
  0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
1951
  0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1952
  0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
1953
  0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1954
  0xc1, 0x53, /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
1955
  0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1956
};
1957
1958
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
1959
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
1960
  NULL,
1961
  0,
1962
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1963
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
1964
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1966
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1967
  NULL
1968
};
1969
1970
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
1971
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
1972
  NULL,
1973
  0,
1974
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1975
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
1976
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1977
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
1978
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1979
  NULL
1980
};
1981
1982
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
1983
  {
1984
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1985
    NULL,
1986
    0,
1987
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1988
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
1989
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1990
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
1991
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
1992
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
1993
  },
1994
  {
1995
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1996
    NULL,
1997
    0,
1998
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1999
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2000
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2001
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
2002
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2003
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2004
  },
2005
};
2006
2007
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2008
   the object is position-independent.  */
2009
2010
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2011
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
2012
540
{
2013
540
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2014
0
    {
2015
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2016
   sequence.  */
2017
0
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2018
0
  return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2019
0
      else
2020
0
  return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2021
0
    }
2022
540
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2023
0
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2024
540
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2025
540
}
2026
2027
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2028
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2029
   not data.  */
2030
2031
inline static void
2032
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2033
       unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2034
0
{
2035
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2036
0
}
2037
2038
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2039
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2040
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2041
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2042
0
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2043
2044
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2045
2046
static bfd_vma
2047
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2048
0
{
2049
0
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2050
2051
0
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2052
0
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2053
0
    {
2054
0
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2055
0
  {
2056
0
    plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2057
0
    offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2058
0
  }
2059
0
      else
2060
0
  info = info->short_plt;
2061
0
    }
2062
0
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2063
0
}
2064
2065
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2066
2067
static bfd_vma
2068
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2069
540
{
2070
540
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2071
2072
540
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2073
0
    {
2074
0
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2075
0
  {
2076
0
    offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2077
0
    plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2078
0
  }
2079
0
      else
2080
0
  info = info->short_plt;
2081
0
    }
2082
540
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2083
540
    + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2084
540
}
2085
2086
union gotref
2087
{
2088
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2089
  bfd_vma offset;
2090
};
2091
2092
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2093
2094
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2095
{
2096
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2097
2098
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2099
2100
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2101
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2102
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2103
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2104
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2105
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2106
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2107
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2108
  union gotref funcdesc;
2109
2110
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2111
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2112
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2113
2114
  enum got_type {
2115
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2116
  } got_type;
2117
};
2118
2119
0
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2120
2121
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2122
{
2123
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2124
2125
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2126
  char *local_got_type;
2127
2128
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2129
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2130
};
2131
2132
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2133
0
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2134
2135
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2136
0
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2137
2138
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2139
0
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2140
2141
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2142
3
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2143
2
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2144
3
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2145
2146
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2147
   as the specific tdata.  */
2148
2149
static bool
2150
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2151
1.55M
{
2152
1.55M
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata));
2153
1.55M
}
2154
2155
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2156
2157
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2158
{
2159
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2160
2161
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2162
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2163
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2164
  asection *srofixup;
2165
2166
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2167
  asection *srelplt2;
2168
2169
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2170
  union
2171
    {
2172
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2173
      bfd_vma offset;
2174
    } tls_ldm_got;
2175
2176
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2177
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2178
2179
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2180
  bool fdpic_p;
2181
};
2182
2183
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2184
2185
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)      \
2186
  (elf_link_hash_traverse           \
2187
   (&(table)->root,             \
2188
    (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),   \
2189
    (info)))
2190
2191
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2192
2193
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2194
0
  ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)          \
2195
0
    && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA)   \
2196
0
   ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2197
2198
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2199
2200
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2201
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2202
        struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2203
        const char *string)
2204
0
{
2205
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2206
0
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2207
2208
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2209
     subclass.  */
2210
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2211
0
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2212
0
     bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2213
0
            sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2214
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2215
0
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2216
2217
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2218
0
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2219
0
   _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2220
0
             table, string));
2221
0
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2222
0
    {
2223
0
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2224
0
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2225
0
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2226
0
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2227
0
    }
2228
2229
0
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2230
0
}
2231
2232
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2233
2234
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2235
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2236
0
{
2237
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2238
0
  size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2239
2240
0
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2241
0
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2242
0
    return NULL;
2243
2244
0
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2245
0
              sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2246
0
              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)))
2247
0
    {
2248
0
      free (ret);
2249
0
      return NULL;
2250
0
    }
2251
2252
0
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2253
0
    {
2254
0
      ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
2255
0
      ret->fdpic_p = true;
2256
0
    }
2257
2258
0
  return &ret->root.root;
2259
0
}
2260
2261
static bool
2262
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2263
          struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2264
0
{
2265
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2266
2267
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2268
0
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2269
0
    return true;
2270
2271
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2272
     relocate independently.  */
2273
0
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2274
0
    {
2275
0
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2276
0
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2277
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2278
   SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2279
0
    case SHT_NULL:
2280
0
      return false;
2281
2282
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2283
   against any other section.  */
2284
0
    default:
2285
0
      return true;
2286
0
    }
2287
0
}
2288
2289
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2290
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2291
2292
static bool
2293
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2294
0
{
2295
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2296
2297
0
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2298
0
    return false;
2299
2300
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2301
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2302
0
    return false;
2303
2304
0
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2305
0
              (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2306
0
               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2307
0
               | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2308
0
               | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2309
0
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2310
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2311
0
    return false;
2312
2313
0
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2314
0
                 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2315
0
                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2316
0
                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2317
0
                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2318
0
                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2319
0
                  | SEC_READONLY));
2320
0
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2321
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2322
0
    return false;
2323
2324
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2325
0
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2326
0
                   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2327
0
              | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2328
0
              | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2329
0
              | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2330
0
              | SEC_READONLY));
2331
0
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2332
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
2333
0
    return false;
2334
2335
0
  return true;
2336
0
}
2337
2338
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2339
2340
static bool
2341
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2342
0
{
2343
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2344
0
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2345
0
  asection *s;
2346
0
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2347
0
  int ptralign = 0;
2348
2349
0
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2350
0
    {
2351
0
    case 32:
2352
0
      ptralign = 2;
2353
0
      break;
2354
2355
0
    case 64:
2356
0
      ptralign = 3;
2357
0
      break;
2358
2359
0
    default:
2360
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2361
0
      return false;
2362
0
    }
2363
2364
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2365
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2366
0
    return false;
2367
2368
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2369
0
    return true;
2370
2371
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2372
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2373
2374
0
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2375
0
     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2376
2377
0
  pltflags = flags;
2378
0
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2379
0
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2380
0
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2381
0
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2382
0
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2383
2384
0
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2385
0
  htab->root.splt = s;
2386
0
  if (s == NULL
2387
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
2388
0
    return false;
2389
2390
0
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2391
0
    {
2392
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2393
   .plt section.  */
2394
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2395
0
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2396
2397
0
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2398
0
       (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2399
0
        (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
2400
0
        get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2401
0
  return false;
2402
2403
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2404
0
      h->def_regular = 1;
2405
0
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2406
0
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2407
2408
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2409
0
    && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2410
0
  return false;
2411
0
    }
2412
2413
0
  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2414
0
            bed->default_use_rela_p
2415
0
            ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2416
0
            flags | SEC_READONLY);
2417
0
  htab->root.srelplt = s;
2418
0
  if (s == NULL
2419
0
      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2420
0
    return false;
2421
2422
0
  if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
2423
0
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2424
0
    return false;
2425
2426
0
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2427
0
    {
2428
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2429
   by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2430
   not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2431
   image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2432
   initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2433
   section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2434
0
      s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2435
0
                SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2436
0
      htab->root.sdynbss = s;
2437
0
      if (s == NULL)
2438
0
  return false;
2439
2440
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2441
   normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2442
   linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2443
   only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2444
   until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2445
   main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2446
   (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2447
   mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2448
   be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2449
   section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2450
   copy relocs.  */
2451
0
      if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2452
0
  {
2453
0
    s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2454
0
              (bed->default_use_rela_p
2455
0
               ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2456
0
              flags | SEC_READONLY);
2457
0
    htab->root.srelbss = s;
2458
0
    if (s == NULL
2459
0
        || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
2460
0
      return false;
2461
0
  }
2462
0
    }
2463
2464
0
  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2465
0
    {
2466
0
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2467
0
  return false;
2468
0
    }
2469
2470
0
  return true;
2471
0
}
2472

2473
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2474
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2475
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2476
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2477
   understand.  */
2478
2479
static bool
2480
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2481
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2482
0
{
2483
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2484
0
  asection *s;
2485
2486
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2487
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2488
0
    return false;
2489
2490
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2491
0
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2492
0
        && (h->needs_plt
2493
0
      || h->is_weakalias
2494
0
      || (h->def_dynamic
2495
0
          && h->ref_regular
2496
0
          && !h->def_regular)));
2497
2498
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2499
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2500
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2501
0
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2502
0
      || h->needs_plt)
2503
0
    {
2504
0
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2505
0
    || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2506
0
    || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2507
0
        && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2508
0
  {
2509
    /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2510
       file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2511
       object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2512
       a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2513
       reloc instead.  */
2514
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2515
0
    h->needs_plt = 0;
2516
0
  }
2517
2518
0
      return true;
2519
0
    }
2520
0
  else
2521
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2522
2523
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2524
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2525
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2526
0
  if (h->is_weakalias)
2527
0
    {
2528
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2529
0
      BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2530
0
      h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2531
0
      h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2532
0
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2533
0
  h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
2534
0
      return true;
2535
0
    }
2536
2537
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2538
     is not a function.  */
2539
2540
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2541
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2542
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2543
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2544
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2545
0
    return true;
2546
2547
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2548
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2549
0
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2550
0
    return true;
2551
2552
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2553
0
  if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
2554
0
    {
2555
0
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2556
0
      return true;
2557
0
    }
2558
2559
  /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
2560
     we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
2561
0
  if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
2562
0
    {
2563
0
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2564
0
      return true;
2565
0
    }
2566
2567
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2568
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2569
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2570
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2571
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2572
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2573
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2574
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2575
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2576
2577
0
  s = htab->root.sdynbss;
2578
0
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2579
2580
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2581
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2582
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2583
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2584
0
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2585
0
    {
2586
0
      asection *srel;
2587
2588
0
      srel = htab->root.srelbss;
2589
0
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2590
0
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2591
0
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2592
0
    }
2593
2594
0
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2595
0
}
2596
2597
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2598
   dynamic relocs.  */
2599
2600
static bool
2601
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2602
0
{
2603
0
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2604
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2605
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2606
0
  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2607
2608
0
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2609
0
    return true;
2610
2611
0
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2612
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2613
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2614
0
    return false;
2615
2616
0
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2617
0
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2618
0
       || h->forced_local)
2619
0
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2620
0
    {
2621
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2622
   so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2623
0
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2624
0
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2625
0
  h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2626
0
    }
2627
2628
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2629
0
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
2630
0
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2631
0
    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2632
0
    {
2633
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2634
   Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2635
0
      if (h->dynindx == -1
2636
0
    && !h->forced_local)
2637
0
  {
2638
0
    if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2639
0
      return false;
2640
0
  }
2641
2642
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2643
0
    || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2644
0
  {
2645
0
    asection *s = htab->root.splt;
2646
0
    const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2647
2648
    /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2649
       first entry.  */
2650
0
    if (s->size == 0)
2651
0
      s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2652
2653
0
    h->plt.offset = s->size;
2654
2655
    /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2656
       not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2657
       location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
2658
       pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2659
       the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2660
       function's address will be the address of the canonical
2661
       function descriptor.  */
2662
0
    if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
2663
0
      {
2664
0
        h->root.u.def.section = s;
2665
0
        h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2666
0
      }
2667
2668
    /* Make room for this entry.  */
2669
0
    plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2670
0
    if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2671
0
        && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
2672
0
      plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
2673
0
    s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
2674
2675
    /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
2676
       will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
2677
0
    if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2678
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
2679
0
    else
2680
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
2681
2682
    /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
2683
0
    htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2684
2685
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2686
0
      {
2687
        /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
2688
     for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
2689
     section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
2690
2691
        /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
2692
     an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2693
0
        if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
2694
0
    htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2695
2696
        /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
2697
     PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
2698
     and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
2699
0
        htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
2700
0
      }
2701
0
  }
2702
0
      else
2703
0
  {
2704
0
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2705
0
    h->needs_plt = 0;
2706
0
  }
2707
0
    }
2708
0
  else
2709
0
    {
2710
0
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2711
0
      h->needs_plt = 0;
2712
0
    }
2713
2714
0
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
2715
0
    {
2716
0
      asection *s;
2717
0
      bool dyn;
2718
0
      enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
2719
2720
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2721
   Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2722
0
      if (h->dynindx == -1
2723
0
    && !h->forced_local)
2724
0
  {
2725
0
    if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2726
0
      return false;
2727
0
  }
2728
2729
0
      s = htab->root.sgot;
2730
0
      h->got.offset = s->size;
2731
0
      s->size += 4;
2732
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
2733
0
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2734
0
  s->size += 4;
2735
0
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
2736
0
      if (!dyn)
2737
0
  {
2738
    /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
2739
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2740
0
        && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2741
0
        && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2742
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2743
0
  }
2744
      /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
2745
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
2746
0
         && !h->def_dynamic
2747
0
         && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2748
0
  ;
2749
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
2750
   R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
2751
0
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
2752
0
         || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
2753
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2754
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
2755
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2756
0
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
2757
0
  {
2758
0
    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2759
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2760
0
    else
2761
0
      htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2762
0
  }
2763
0
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2764
0
    || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2765
0
         && (bfd_link_pic (info)
2766
0
       || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
2767
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2768
0
      else if (htab->fdpic_p
2769
0
         && !bfd_link_pic (info)
2770
0
         && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
2771
0
         && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2772
0
       || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2773
0
  htab->srofixup->size += 4;
2774
0
    }
2775
0
  else
2776
0
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2777
2778
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
2779
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
2780
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
2781
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
2782
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
2783
0
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
2784
0
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2785
0
    || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2786
0
        && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
2787
0
    {
2788
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2789
0
  htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
2790
0
      else
2791
0
  htab->root.srelgot->size
2792
0
    += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2793
0
    }
2794
2795
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
2796
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
2797
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
2798
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
2799
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
2800
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
2801
0
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
2802
0
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
2803
0
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2804
0
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
2805
0
    {
2806
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
2807
0
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
2808
0
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
2809
2810
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
2811
   function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
2812
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2813
0
  htab->srofixup->size += 8;
2814
0
      else
2815
0
  htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2816
0
    }
2817
2818
0
  if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
2819
0
    return true;
2820
2821
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
2822
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
2823
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
2824
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
2825
     visibility changes.  */
2826
2827
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2828
0
    {
2829
0
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
2830
0
  {
2831
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2832
2833
0
    for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2834
0
      {
2835
0
        p->count -= p->pc_count;
2836
0
        p->pc_count = 0;
2837
0
        if (p->count == 0)
2838
0
    *pp = p->next;
2839
0
        else
2840
0
    pp = &p->next;
2841
0
      }
2842
0
  }
2843
2844
0
      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
2845
0
  {
2846
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2847
2848
0
    for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2849
0
      {
2850
0
        if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
2851
0
    *pp = p->next;
2852
0
        else
2853
0
    pp = &p->next;
2854
0
      }
2855
0
  }
2856
2857
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
2858
   visibility.  */
2859
0
      if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
2860
0
    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2861
0
  {
2862
0
    if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2863
0
        || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
2864
0
      h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2865
2866
    /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
2867
       symbol in PIEs.  */
2868
0
    else if (h->dynindx == -1
2869
0
       && !h->forced_local)
2870
0
      {
2871
0
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2872
0
    return false;
2873
0
      }
2874
0
  }
2875
0
    }
2876
0
  else
2877
0
    {
2878
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
2879
   symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
2880
   dynamic.  */
2881
2882
0
      if (!h->non_got_ref
2883
0
    && ((h->def_dynamic
2884
0
         && !h->def_regular)
2885
0
        || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2886
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
2887
0
          || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
2888
0
  {
2889
    /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2890
       Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
2891
0
    if (h->dynindx == -1
2892
0
        && !h->forced_local)
2893
0
      {
2894
0
        if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2895
0
    return false;
2896
0
      }
2897
2898
    /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
2899
       relocs.  */
2900
0
    if (h->dynindx != -1)
2901
0
      goto keep;
2902
0
  }
2903
2904
0
      h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2905
2906
0
    keep: ;
2907
0
    }
2908
2909
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
2910
0
  for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2911
0
    {
2912
0
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
2913
0
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2914
2915
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
2916
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
2917
0
  htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
2918
0
    }
2919
2920
0
  return true;
2921
0
}
2922
2923
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
2924
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
2925
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
2926
2927
static bool
2928
sh_elf_early_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2929
0
{
2930
0
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
2931
0
                 bfd_link_pic (info));
2932
2933
0
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2934
0
      && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
2935
0
              "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
2936
0
    return false;
2937
0
  return true;
2938
0
}
2939
2940
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
2941
2942
static bool
2943
sh_elf_late_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2944
         struct bfd_link_info *info)
2945
0
{
2946
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2947
0
  bfd *dynobj;
2948
0
  asection *s;
2949
0
  bool relocs;
2950
0
  bfd *ibfd;
2951
2952
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2953
0
  if (htab == NULL)
2954
0
    return false;
2955
2956
0
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
2957
0
  if (dynobj == NULL)
2958
0
    return true;
2959
2960
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2961
0
    {
2962
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
2963
0
      if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
2964
0
  {
2965
0
    s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
2966
0
    BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2967
0
    s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2968
0
    s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
2969
0
    s->alloced = 1;
2970
0
  }
2971
0
    }
2972
2973
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
2974
     relocs.  */
2975
0
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
2976
0
    {
2977
0
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
2978
0
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
2979
0
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
2980
0
      char *local_got_type;
2981
0
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
2982
0
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2983
0
      asection *srel;
2984
2985
0
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
2986
0
  continue;
2987
2988
0
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2989
0
  {
2990
0
    struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2991
2992
0
    for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
2993
0
        elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
2994
0
         p != NULL;
2995
0
         p = p->next)
2996
0
      {
2997
0
        if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
2998
0
      && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
2999
0
    {
3000
      /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3001
         it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3002
         linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3003
         the relocs too.  */
3004
0
    }
3005
0
        else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
3006
0
           && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3007
0
          ".tls_vars") == 0)
3008
0
    {
3009
      /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3010
         handled specially by the loader.  */
3011
0
    }
3012
0
        else if (p->count != 0)
3013
0
    {
3014
0
      srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3015
0
      srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3016
0
      if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3017
0
        {
3018
0
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3019
0
          info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
3020
0
                p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3021
0
        }
3022
3023
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3024
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3025
0
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3026
0
    }
3027
0
      }
3028
0
  }
3029
3030
0
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3031
0
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3032
0
      s = htab->root.sgot;
3033
0
      srel = htab->root.srelgot;
3034
3035
0
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3036
0
      if (local_got)
3037
0
  {
3038
0
    end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3039
0
    local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3040
0
    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3041
0
    for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3042
0
      {
3043
0
        if (*local_got > 0)
3044
0
    {
3045
0
      *local_got = s->size;
3046
0
      s->size += 4;
3047
0
      if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3048
0
        s->size += 4;
3049
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3050
0
        srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3051
0
      else
3052
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3053
3054
0
      if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3055
0
        {
3056
0
          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3057
0
      {
3058
0
        bfd_size_type size;
3059
3060
0
        size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3061
0
        local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3062
0
                  size);
3063
0
        if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3064
0
          return false;
3065
0
        sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3066
0
        local_funcdesc += (local_got
3067
0
               - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3068
0
      }
3069
0
          local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3070
0
          ++local_funcdesc;
3071
0
        }
3072
0
    }
3073
0
        else
3074
0
    *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3075
0
        ++local_got_type;
3076
0
      }
3077
0
  }
3078
3079
0
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3080
0
      if (local_funcdesc)
3081
0
  {
3082
0
    end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3083
3084
0
    for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3085
0
      {
3086
0
        if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3087
0
    {
3088
0
      local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3089
0
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3090
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3091
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3092
0
      else
3093
0
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3094
0
    }
3095
0
        else
3096
0
    local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3097
0
      }
3098
0
  }
3099
3100
0
    }
3101
3102
0
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3103
0
    {
3104
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3105
   relocs.  */
3106
0
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
3107
0
      htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
3108
0
      htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3109
0
    }
3110
0
  else
3111
0
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3112
3113
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3114
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3115
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3116
0
    {
3117
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
3118
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
3119
0
    }
3120
3121
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3122
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3123
0
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3124
3125
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3126
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3127
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3128
0
    {
3129
0
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
3130
0
      htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
3131
0
    }
3132
3133
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3134
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3135
0
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3136
3137
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3138
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3139
0
  relocs = false;
3140
0
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3141
0
    {
3142
0
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3143
0
  continue;
3144
3145
0
      if (s == htab->root.splt
3146
0
    || s == htab->root.sgot
3147
0
    || s == htab->root.sgotplt
3148
0
    || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3149
0
    || s == htab->srofixup
3150
0
    || s == htab->root.sdynbss)
3151
0
  {
3152
    /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3153
       comment below.  */
3154
0
  }
3155
0
      else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
3156
0
  {
3157
0
    if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3158
0
      relocs = true;
3159
3160
    /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3161
       to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3162
0
    s->reloc_count = 0;
3163
0
  }
3164
0
      else
3165
0
  {
3166
    /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3167
0
    continue;
3168
0
  }
3169
3170
0
      if (s->size == 0)
3171
0
  {
3172
    /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3173
       output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3174
       .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3175
       create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3176
       before the linker maps input sections to output
3177
       sections.  The linker does that before
3178
       adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3179
       function which decides whether anything needs to go
3180
       into these sections.  */
3181
3182
0
    s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3183
0
    continue;
3184
0
  }
3185
3186
0
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3187
0
  continue;
3188
3189
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3190
   here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3191
   section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3192
   but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3193
   of garbage.  */
3194
0
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3195
0
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3196
0
  return false;
3197
0
      s->alloced = 1;
3198
0
    }
3199
3200
0
  return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
3201
0
              relocs);
3202
0
}
3203

3204
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3205
3206
inline static bfd_vma
3207
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3208
          int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3209
0
{
3210
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3211
0
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3212
3213
0
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3214
0
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3215
0
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3216
3217
0
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3218
0
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3219
0
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3220
0
           sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3221
0
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3222
3223
0
  return reloc_offset;
3224
0
}
3225
3226
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3227
3228
inline static void
3229
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3230
0
{
3231
0
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3232
3233
0
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3234
0
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3235
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3236
0
}
3237
3238
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3239
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3240
3241
static bfd_signed_vma
3242
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3243
0
{
3244
0
  return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3245
0
    - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3246
0
}
3247
3248
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3249
   located.  */
3250
3251
static unsigned
3252
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3253
0
{
3254
0
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3255
3256
0
  if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3257
      /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
3258
0
      && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3259
0
    p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3260
3261
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3262
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3263
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3264
0
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3265
0
}
3266
3267
static bool
3268
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3269
0
{
3270
0
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3271
3272
0
  return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3273
0
    && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3274
0
}
3275
3276
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3277
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3278
static bool
3279
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3280
          struct bfd_link_info *info,
3281
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3282
          bfd_vma offset,
3283
          asection *section,
3284
          bfd_vma value)
3285
0
{
3286
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3287
0
  int dynindx;
3288
0
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3289
3290
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3291
3292
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3293
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3294
     go in the reloc instead... */
3295
3296
0
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3297
0
    {
3298
0
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3299
0
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3300
0
    }
3301
3302
0
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3303
0
    {
3304
0
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3305
0
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3306
0
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3307
0
    }
3308
0
  else
3309
0
    {
3310
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3311
0
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3312
0
      addr = seg = 0;
3313
0
    }
3314
3315
0
  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3316
0
    {
3317
0
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3318
0
  {
3319
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3320
0
            offset
3321
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3322
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3323
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3324
0
            offset + 4
3325
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3326
0
            + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3327
0
  }
3328
3329
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3330
   address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3331
0
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3332
0
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3333
0
  + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3334
0
  + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3335
0
    }
3336
0
  else
3337
0
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3338
0
        offset
3339
0
        + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3340
0
        + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3341
0
        R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3342
3343
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3344
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3345
3346
0
  return true;
3347
0
}
3348
3349
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3350
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3351
   otherwise.  */
3352
3353
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3354
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3355
          bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3356
          bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3357
0
{
3358
0
  unsigned long cur_val;
3359
0
  bfd_byte *addr;
3360
0
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3361
3362
0
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3363
0
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3364
3365
0
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3366
0
        bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3367
0
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3368
0
    return r;
3369
3370
0
  addr = contents + offset;
3371
0
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3372
0
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3373
0
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3374
3375
0
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3376
0
}
3377
3378
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3379
3380
static int
3381
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3382
       bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3383
       bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3384
       Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3385
       asection **local_sections)
3386
0
{
3387
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3388
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3389
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3390
0
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3391
0
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3392
0
  asection *sgot = NULL;
3393
0
  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3394
0
  asection *splt = NULL;
3395
0
  asection *sreloc = NULL;
3396
0
  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3397
0
  bool is_vxworks_tls;
3398
0
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3399
0
  bool fdpic_p = false;
3400
3401
0
  if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
3402
0
    {
3403
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
3404
0
      return false;
3405
0
    }
3406
3407
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3408
0
  if (htab != NULL)
3409
0
    {
3410
0
      sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3411
0
      sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
3412
0
      srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
3413
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
3414
0
      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3415
0
    }
3416
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3417
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3418
0
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3419
3420
0
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3421
0
           input_section->output_section);
3422
0
  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3423
0
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3424
0
            sgot->output_section);
3425
0
  else
3426
0
    got_segment = -1;
3427
0
  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3428
0
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3429
0
            splt->output_section);
3430
0
  else
3431
0
    plt_segment = -1;
3432
3433
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3434
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3435
0
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
3436
0
        && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3437
0
        ".tls_vars"));
3438
3439
0
  rel = relocs;
3440
0
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3441
0
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3442
0
    {
3443
0
      int r_type;
3444
0
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3445
0
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3446
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3447
0
      asection *sec;
3448
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3449
0
      bfd_vma relocation;
3450
0
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3451
0
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3452
0
      bfd_vma off;
3453
0
      enum got_type got_type;
3454
0
      const char *symname = NULL;
3455
0
      bool resolved_to_zero;
3456
3457
0
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3458
3459
0
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3460
3461
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3462
   handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
3463
0
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3464
0
    && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3465
0
  continue;
3466
0
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3467
0
  continue;
3468
3469
0
      if (r_type < 0
3470
0
    || r_type >= R_SH_max
3471
0
    || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3472
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3473
0
    || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3474
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3475
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3476
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3477
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3478
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3479
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3480
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3481
0
    || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3482
0
        && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3483
0
  {
3484
0
    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3485
0
    return false;
3486
0
  }
3487
3488
0
      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3489
3490
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3491
   the relocation.  */
3492
0
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3493
0
  addend = rel->r_addend;
3494
3495
0
      resolved_to_zero = false;
3496
0
      h = NULL;
3497
0
      sym = NULL;
3498
0
      sec = NULL;
3499
0
      check_segment[0] = -1;
3500
0
      check_segment[1] = -1;
3501
0
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3502
0
  {
3503
0
    sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3504
0
    sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3505
3506
0
    symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3507
0
      (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3508
0
    if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3509
0
      symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
3510
3511
0
    relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3512
0
      + sec->output_offset
3513
0
      + sym->st_value);
3514
3515
0
    if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3516
      /* Handled below.  */
3517
0
      ;
3518
0
    else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3519
0
      {
3520
        /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
3521
     anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3522
     in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3523
     section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
3524
0
        if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3525
0
    {
3526
0
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3527
0
        {
3528
          /* For relocations with the addend in the
3529
       relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3530
       All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3531
       code is mostly for completeness.  */
3532
0
          rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3533
3534
0
          continue;
3535
0
        }
3536
3537
      /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3538
         contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3539
         from the changed location of the section symbol.
3540
         Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3541
         final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3542
         relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3543
         location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3544
         final link.  */
3545
0
      r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3546
0
                sec->output_offset
3547
0
                + sym->st_value,
3548
0
                contents + rel->r_offset);
3549
0
      goto relocation_done;
3550
0
    }
3551
3552
0
        continue;
3553
0
      }
3554
0
    else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3555
0
      {
3556
0
        relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3557
0
        addend = rel->r_addend;
3558
0
      }
3559
0
    else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3560
0
       && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3561
0
      {
3562
0
        asection *msec;
3563
3564
0
        if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
3565
0
    {
3566
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3567
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3568
0
        (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3569
0
           "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
3570
0
         input_bfd, input_section,
3571
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3572
0
      return false;
3573
0
    }
3574
3575
0
        addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
3576
0
        msec = sec;
3577
0
        addend =
3578
0
    _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
3579
0
    - relocation;
3580
0
        addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
3581
0
        bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
3582
0
        addend = 0;
3583
0
      }
3584
0
  }
3585
0
      else
3586
0
  {
3587
    /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
3588
3589
0
    relocation = 0;
3590
0
    h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
3591
0
    symname = h->root.root.string;
3592
0
    while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3593
0
     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3594
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3595
0
    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3596
0
        || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3597
0
      {
3598
0
        bool dyn;
3599
3600
0
        dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
3601
0
        sec = h->root.u.def.section;
3602
        /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
3603
     We check specially because in some obscure cases
3604
     sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
3605
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
3606
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
3607
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
3608
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
3609
0
      || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
3610
0
      || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
3611
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
3612
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
3613
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
3614
0
           || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
3615
0
          && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
3616
0
      || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
3617
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
3618
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
3619
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
3620
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
3621
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
3622
0
           || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
3623
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
3624
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
3625
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
3626
0
           || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
3627
0
          && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
3628
0
                bfd_link_pic (info),
3629
0
                h)
3630
0
          && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
3631
0
        || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3632
0
        || !h->def_regular))
3633
      /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
3634
         overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
3635
         below are those in which we must defer relocation
3636
         to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
3637
         addresses when creating a shared library.  */
3638
0
      || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3639
0
          && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
3640
0
        || !h->def_regular)
3641
0
          && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3642
0
         && !h->forced_local)
3643
0
        || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3644
0
            && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3645
0
          && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3646
        /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
3647
           sections against symbols defined externally
3648
           in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
3649
           with them here.  */
3650
0
        || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3651
0
            && h->def_dynamic)))
3652
      /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
3653
         sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
3654
         thus ld.so will not process them.  */
3655
0
      || (sec->output_section == NULL
3656
0
          && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3657
0
        && h->def_dynamic))
3658
0
      || (sec->output_section == NULL
3659
0
          && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3660
0
        || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
3661
0
    ;
3662
0
        else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
3663
0
    relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
3664
0
            + sec->output_section->vma
3665
0
            + sec->output_offset);
3666
0
        else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3667
0
           && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
3668
0
                input_section,
3669
0
                rel->r_offset)
3670
0
         != (bfd_vma) -1))
3671
0
    {
3672
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3673
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3674
0
        (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3675
0
           "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
3676
0
         input_bfd,
3677
0
         input_section,
3678
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3679
0
         howto->name,
3680
0
         h->root.root.string);
3681
0
      return false;
3682
0
    }
3683
0
      }
3684
0
    else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3685
0
      resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
3686
0
    else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
3687
0
       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
3688
0
      ;
3689
0
    else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3690
0
            info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
3691
0
        (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
3692
0
         rel->r_offset,
3693
0
         (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
3694
0
    && !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
3695
0
         || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
3696
0
        }
3697
3698
0
      if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3699
0
  RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3700
0
           rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3701
3702
0
      if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3703
0
  continue;
3704
3705
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
3706
   relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
3707
   the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
3708
0
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
3709
0
      if (sec != NULL)
3710
0
  check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3711
0
               sec->output_section);
3712
0
      else
3713
0
  check_segment[1] = -1;
3714
3715
0
      switch ((int) r_type)
3716
0
  {
3717
0
  final_link_relocate:
3718
    /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
3719
       R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
3720
0
    r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
3721
0
          contents, rel->r_offset,
3722
0
          relocation, addend);
3723
0
    break;
3724
3725
0
  case R_SH_IND12W:
3726
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3727
3728
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3729
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
3730
0
  case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
3731
    /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
3732
       the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
3733
       is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
3734
       against the start of this section, then it's against an
3735
       external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
3736
0
    if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
3737
0
        != relocation)
3738
0
      {
3739
0
        int disp = (relocation
3740
0
        - input_section->output_section->vma
3741
0
        - input_section->output_offset
3742
0
        - rel->r_offset);
3743
0
        int mask = 0;
3744
0
        switch (r_type)
3745
0
    {
3746
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
3747
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
3748
0
    case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
3749
0
    default: mask = 0; break;
3750
0
    }
3751
0
        if (disp & mask)
3752
0
    {
3753
0
      _bfd_error_handler
3754
        /* xgettext:c-format */
3755
0
        (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3756
0
           "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
3757
0
         input_section->owner,
3758
0
         (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
3759
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3760
0
      return false;
3761
0
    }
3762
0
        relocation -= 4;
3763
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
3764
0
      }
3765
0
    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
3766
0
    break;
3767
3768
0
  default:
3769
0
    bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3770
0
    return false;
3771
3772
0
  case R_SH_DIR16:
3773
0
  case R_SH_DIR8:
3774
0
  case R_SH_DIR8U:
3775
0
  case R_SH_DIR8S:
3776
0
  case R_SH_DIR4U:
3777
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3778
3779
0
  case R_SH_DIR8UL:
3780
0
  case R_SH_DIR4UL:
3781
0
    if (relocation & 3)
3782
0
      {
3783
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3784
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3785
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3786
0
       "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
3787
0
     input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3788
0
     howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
3789
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3790
0
        return false;
3791
0
      }
3792
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3793
3794
0
  case R_SH_DIR8UW:
3795
0
  case R_SH_DIR8SW:
3796
0
  case R_SH_DIR4UW:
3797
0
    if (relocation & 1)
3798
0
      {
3799
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3800
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3801
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
3802
0
       "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
3803
0
     input_section->owner,
3804
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
3805
0
     (uint64_t) relocation);
3806
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3807
0
        return false;
3808
0
      }
3809
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3810
3811
0
  case R_SH_PSHA:
3812
0
    if ((signed int)relocation < -32
3813
0
        || (signed int)relocation > 32)
3814
0
      {
3815
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3816
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3817
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
3818
0
       " not in range -32..32"),
3819
0
     input_section->owner,
3820
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3821
0
     (int64_t) relocation);
3822
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3823
0
        return false;
3824
0
      }
3825
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3826
3827
0
  case R_SH_PSHL:
3828
0
    if ((signed int)relocation < -16
3829
0
        || (signed int)relocation > 16)
3830
0
      {
3831
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3832
    /* xgettext:c-format */
3833
0
    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
3834
0
       " not in range -32..32"),
3835
0
     input_section->owner,
3836
0
     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3837
0
     (int64_t) relocation);
3838
0
        bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3839
0
        return false;
3840
0
      }
3841
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3842
3843
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
3844
0
  case R_SH_REL32:
3845
0
    if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3846
0
        && (h == NULL
3847
0
      || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3848
0
          && !resolved_to_zero)
3849
0
      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3850
0
        && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3851
0
        && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3852
0
        && !is_vxworks_tls
3853
0
        && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3854
0
      || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3855
0
      {
3856
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3857
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
3858
0
        bool skip, relocate;
3859
3860
        /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
3861
     are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
3862
     time.  */
3863
3864
0
        if (sreloc == NULL)
3865
0
    {
3866
0
      sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
3867
0
        (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
3868
0
      if (sreloc == NULL)
3869
0
        return false;
3870
0
    }
3871
3872
0
        skip = false;
3873
0
        relocate = false;
3874
3875
0
        outrel.r_offset =
3876
0
    _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
3877
0
           rel->r_offset);
3878
0
        if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3879
0
    skip = true;
3880
0
        else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3881
0
    skip = true, relocate = true;
3882
0
        outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3883
0
          + input_section->output_offset);
3884
3885
0
        if (skip)
3886
0
    memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
3887
0
        else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
3888
0
    {
3889
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
3890
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
3891
0
      outrel.r_addend
3892
0
        = (howto->partial_inplace
3893
0
           ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3894
0
           : addend);
3895
0
    }
3896
0
        else if (fdpic_p
3897
0
           && (h == NULL
3898
0
         || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3899
0
             && h->def_regular)))
3900
0
    {
3901
0
      int dynindx;
3902
3903
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
3904
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
3905
0
      dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
3906
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3907
0
      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3908
0
      outrel.r_addend
3909
0
        += (howto->partial_inplace
3910
0
      ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3911
0
      : addend);
3912
0
      outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
3913
0
    }
3914
0
        else
3915
0
    {
3916
      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3917
         become local.  */
3918
0
      if (h == NULL
3919
0
          || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
3920
0
        && h->def_regular))
3921
0
        {
3922
0
          relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
3923
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
3924
0
        }
3925
0
      else
3926
0
        {
3927
0
          BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3928
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
3929
0
        }
3930
0
      outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3931
0
      outrel.r_addend
3932
0
        += (howto->partial_inplace
3933
0
      ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
3934
0
      : addend);
3935
0
    }
3936
3937
0
        loc = sreloc->contents;
3938
0
        loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3939
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
3940
3941
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3942
3943
        /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
3944
     not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
3945
     need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
3946
     an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
3947
0
        if (! relocate)
3948
0
    continue;
3949
0
      }
3950
0
    else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3951
0
       && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
3952
0
       && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3953
0
      {
3954
0
        bfd_vma offset;
3955
3956
0
        BFD_ASSERT (htab);
3957
3958
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
3959
0
              input_section->output_section))
3960
0
      {
3961
0
        _bfd_error_handler
3962
          /* xgettext:c-format */
3963
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3964
0
       "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
3965
0
           input_bfd,
3966
0
           input_section,
3967
0
           (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3968
0
           symname);
3969
0
        return false;
3970
0
      }
3971
3972
0
        offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
3973
0
            input_section, rel->r_offset);
3974
0
        if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
3975
0
    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3976
0
            input_section->output_section->vma
3977
0
            + input_section->output_offset
3978
0
            + rel->r_offset);
3979
3980
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3981
0
      }
3982
      /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
3983
         symbols.  */
3984
0
      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
3985
0
         && h
3986
0
         && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3987
0
        check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
3988
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
3989
3990
0
  case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
3991
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3992
       procedure linkage table.  */
3993
3994
0
    if (h == NULL
3995
0
        || h->forced_local
3996
0
        || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
3997
0
        || info->symbolic
3998
0
        || h->dynindx == -1
3999
0
        || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4000
0
        || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4001
0
      goto force_got;
4002
4003
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4004
       offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4005
4006
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4007
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4008
0
    relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4009
0
      + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4010
0
         + 3) * 4);
4011
4012
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4013
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4014
#endif
4015
4016
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4017
4018
0
  force_got:
4019
0
  case R_SH_GOT32:
4020
0
  case R_SH_GOT20:
4021
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4022
       offset table.  */
4023
4024
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4025
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4026
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4027
4028
0
    if (h != NULL)
4029
0
      {
4030
0
        bool dyn;
4031
4032
0
        off = h->got.offset;
4033
0
        BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4034
4035
0
        dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4036
0
        if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4037
0
                 bfd_link_pic (info),
4038
0
                 h)
4039
0
      || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4040
0
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4041
0
      || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4042
0
           || resolved_to_zero)
4043
0
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4044
0
    {
4045
      /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4046
         -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4047
         locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4048
         because of a version file.  We must initialize
4049
         this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4050
         offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4051
         least significant bit to record whether we have
4052
         initialized it already.
4053
4054
         When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4055
         relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4056
         is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4057
0
      if ((off & 1) != 0)
4058
0
        off &= ~1;
4059
0
      else
4060
0
        {
4061
0
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4062
0
          sgot->contents + off);
4063
0
          h->got.offset |= 1;
4064
4065
          /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4066
       symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4067
0
          if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4068
0
        && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4069
0
        && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4070
0
            || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4071
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4072
0
              sgot->output_section->vma
4073
0
              + sgot->output_offset
4074
0
              + off);
4075
0
        }
4076
0
    }
4077
4078
0
        relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4079
0
      }
4080
0
    else
4081
0
      {
4082
0
        BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4083
0
        && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4084
4085
0
        off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4086
4087
        /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4088
     the least significant bit to record whether we have
4089
     already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4090
0
        if ((off & 1) != 0)
4091
0
    off &= ~1;
4092
0
        else
4093
0
    {
4094
0
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4095
4096
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4097
0
        {
4098
0
          Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4099
0
          bfd_byte *loc;
4100
4101
0
          outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4102
0
           + sgot->output_offset
4103
0
           + off);
4104
0
          if (fdpic_p)
4105
0
      {
4106
0
        int dynindx
4107
0
          = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4108
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4109
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4110
0
        outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4111
0
      }
4112
0
          else
4113
0
      {
4114
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4115
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4116
0
      }
4117
0
          loc = srelgot->contents;
4118
0
          loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4119
0
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4120
0
        }
4121
0
      else if (fdpic_p
4122
0
         && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4123
0
             == GOT_NORMAL))
4124
0
        sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4125
0
          sgot->output_section->vma
4126
0
          + sgot->output_offset
4127
0
          + off);
4128
4129
0
      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4130
0
    }
4131
4132
0
        relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4133
0
      }
4134
4135
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4136
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4137
#endif
4138
4139
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4140
0
      {
4141
0
        r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4142
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4143
0
          rel->r_offset);
4144
0
        break;
4145
0
      }
4146
0
    else
4147
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4148
4149
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4150
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4151
    /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4152
       we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4153
       as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4154
       descriptors in front of it.  */
4155
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4156
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4157
0
    check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4158
0
    relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4159
0
      + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4160
4161
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4162
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4163
#endif
4164
4165
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4166
4167
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4168
0
      {
4169
0
        r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4170
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4171
0
          rel->r_offset);
4172
0
        break;
4173
0
      }
4174
0
    else
4175
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4176
4177
0
  case R_SH_GOTPC:
4178
    /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4179
4180
0
    BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4181
0
    relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4182
4183
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4184
    relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4185
#endif
4186
4187
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4188
4189
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4190
4191
0
  case R_SH_PLT32:
4192
    /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4193
       procedure linkage table.  */
4194
4195
    /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4196
       without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4197
0
    if (h == NULL)
4198
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4199
4200
    /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4201
       as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4202
       anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4203
       behavior.  */
4204
0
    if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4205
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4206
4207
0
    if (h->forced_local)
4208
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4209
4210
0
    if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4211
0
      {
4212
        /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4213
     happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4214
     using -Bsymbolic.  */
4215
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
4216
0
      }
4217
4218
0
    BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4219
0
    check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4220
0
    relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4221
0
      + splt->output_offset
4222
0
      + h->plt.offset);
4223
4224
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4225
4226
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4227
4228
  /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4229
     symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4230
     entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4231
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4232
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4233
0
  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4234
0
    {
4235
0
      int dynindx = -1;
4236
0
      asection *reloc_section;
4237
0
      bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4238
0
      int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4239
4240
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4241
4242
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4243
4244
      /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4245
         executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4246
         to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4247
         does.  */
4248
4249
0
      relocation = 0;
4250
0
      addend = 0;
4251
4252
0
      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4253
0
        {
4254
0
    reloc_section = input_section;
4255
0
    reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4256
0
        }
4257
0
      else
4258
0
        {
4259
0
    reloc_section = sgot;
4260
4261
0
    if (h != NULL)
4262
0
      reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4263
0
    else
4264
0
      {
4265
0
        BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4266
0
        reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4267
0
      }
4268
0
    BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4269
4270
0
    if (reloc_offset & 1)
4271
0
      {
4272
0
        reloc_offset &= ~1;
4273
0
        goto funcdesc_done_got;
4274
0
      }
4275
0
        }
4276
4277
0
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4278
0
    && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4279
0
        || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4280
        /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4281
     resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4282
0
        goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4283
0
      else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4284
0
         && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4285
0
        {
4286
    /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4287
       but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4288
       protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4289
       section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4290
       linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4291
       to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4292
0
    dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4293
0
              ->output_section)->dynindx;
4294
0
    relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4295
0
      + h->root.u.def.value;
4296
0
        }
4297
0
      else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4298
0
        {
4299
    /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4300
       symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4301
       shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4302
       the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4303
       descriptor.  */
4304
0
    BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4305
0
    dynindx = h->dynindx;
4306
0
        }
4307
0
      else
4308
0
        {
4309
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4310
4311
    /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4312
       descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4313
0
    reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4314
0
    dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4315
0
              ->output_section)->dynindx;
4316
4317
0
    if (h)
4318
0
      {
4319
0
        offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4320
0
        BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4321
0
        if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4322
0
          {
4323
0
      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4324
0
               offset, NULL, 0))
4325
0
        return false;
4326
0
      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4327
0
          }
4328
0
      }
4329
0
    else
4330
0
      {
4331
0
        union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4332
4333
0
        local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4334
0
        offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4335
0
        BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4336
0
        if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4337
0
          {
4338
0
      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4339
0
               offset, sec,
4340
0
               sym->st_value))
4341
0
        return false;
4342
0
      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4343
0
          }
4344
0
      }
4345
4346
0
    relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4347
0
        }
4348
4349
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4350
0
        {
4351
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4352
4353
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4354
0
              reloc_section->output_section))
4355
0
      {
4356
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4357
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4358
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4359
0
       "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4360
0
           input_bfd,
4361
0
           input_section,
4362
0
           (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4363
0
           symname);
4364
0
        return false;
4365
0
      }
4366
4367
0
    offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4368
0
              reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4369
4370
0
    if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4371
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4372
0
              offset
4373
0
              + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4374
0
              + reloc_section->output_offset);
4375
0
        }
4376
0
      else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4377
0
          & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4378
0
        {
4379
0
    bfd_vma offset;
4380
4381
0
    if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4382
0
              reloc_section->output_section))
4383
0
      {
4384
0
        info->callbacks->warning
4385
0
          (info,
4386
0
           _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4387
0
           symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4388
0
        return false;
4389
0
      }
4390
4391
0
    offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4392
0
              reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4393
4394
0
    if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4395
0
      sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4396
0
          offset
4397
0
          + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4398
0
          + reloc_section->output_offset,
4399
0
          reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4400
4401
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4402
0
      {
4403
0
        r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4404
0
        break;
4405
0
      }
4406
0
    else
4407
0
      {
4408
0
        relocation = 0;
4409
0
        goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4410
0
      }
4411
0
        }
4412
4413
0
      if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4414
0
        relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4415
0
    funcdesc_leave_zero:
4416
0
      if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4417
0
        {
4418
0
    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4419
0
          reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4420
0
    if (h != NULL)
4421
0
      h->got.offset |= 1;
4422
0
    else
4423
0
      local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4424
4425
0
        funcdesc_done_got:
4426
4427
0
    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4428
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4429
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4430
#endif
4431
0
        }
4432
0
      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4433
0
        {
4434
0
    r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4435
0
            input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4436
0
            rel->r_offset);
4437
0
    break;
4438
0
        }
4439
0
      else
4440
0
        goto final_link_relocate;
4441
0
    }
4442
0
    break;
4443
4444
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4445
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4446
    /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4447
       executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
4448
       ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4449
       for them.  */
4450
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4451
4452
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4453
0
    relocation = 0;
4454
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4455
4456
0
    if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4457
0
        || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4458
0
      {
4459
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4460
    /* xgettext:c-format */
4461
0
    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
4462
0
       "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
4463
0
     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
4464
0
     howto->name, h->root.root.string);
4465
0
        return false;
4466
0
      }
4467
0
    else
4468
0
      {
4469
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4470
4471
        /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4472
     descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4473
0
        if (h)
4474
0
    {
4475
0
      offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4476
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4477
0
      if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4478
0
        {
4479
0
          if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4480
0
                   offset, NULL, 0))
4481
0
      return false;
4482
0
          sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4483
0
        }
4484
0
    }
4485
0
        else
4486
0
    {
4487
0
      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4488
4489
0
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4490
0
      offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4491
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4492
0
      if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4493
0
        {
4494
0
          if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4495
0
                   offset, sec,
4496
0
                   sym->st_value))
4497
0
      return false;
4498
0
          local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4499
0
        }
4500
0
    }
4501
4502
0
        relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4503
0
      }
4504
4505
0
    relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
4506
0
       + sgotplt->output_offset);
4507
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4508
    relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4509
#endif
4510
4511
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
4512
0
      {
4513
0
        r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4514
0
          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4515
0
          rel->r_offset);
4516
0
        break;
4517
0
      }
4518
0
    else
4519
0
      goto final_link_relocate;
4520
4521
0
  case R_SH_LOOP_START:
4522
0
    {
4523
0
      static bfd_vma start, end;
4524
4525
0
      start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4526
0
         - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4527
0
      r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4528
0
           rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4529
0
      break;
4530
4531
0
  case R_SH_LOOP_END:
4532
0
      end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
4533
0
       - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
4534
0
      r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4535
0
           rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
4536
0
      break;
4537
0
    }
4538
4539
0
  case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
4540
0
  case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
4541
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4542
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4543
0
    r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
4544
0
    got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
4545
0
    if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
4546
0
      got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
4547
0
    else if (h != NULL)
4548
0
      {
4549
0
        got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
4550
0
        if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4551
0
      && (h->dynindx == -1
4552
0
          || h->def_regular))
4553
0
    r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
4554
0
      }
4555
4556
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4557
0
      r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
4558
4559
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
4560
0
      {
4561
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4562
0
        unsigned short insn;
4563
4564
0
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4565
0
    {
4566
      /* GD->LE transition:
4567
           mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4568
           jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4569
           1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4570
         We change it into:
4571
           mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
4572
           nop; nop; ...
4573
           1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
4574
4575
0
      offset = rel->r_offset;
4576
0
      if (offset < 16)
4577
0
        {
4578
0
          _bfd_error_handler
4579
      /* xgettext:c-format */
4580
0
      (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4581
0
       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4582
0
          return false;
4583
0
        }
4584
4585
      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4586
0
      offset -= 16;
4587
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4588
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4589
0
        {
4590
0
          BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4591
0
          offset -= 2;
4592
0
          insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4593
0
        }
4594
4595
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
4596
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4597
          /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */
4598
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
4599
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4600
4601
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4602
4603
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
4604
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4605
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4606
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
4607
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4608
4609
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4610
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
4611
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4612
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4613
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
4614
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4615
4616
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4617
0
      if (insn != 0x310c)
4618
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4619
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4620
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
4621
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4622
4623
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4624
0
      if (insn != 0x410b)
4625
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4626
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4627
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
4628
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4629
4630
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4631
0
      if (insn != 0x34cc)
4632
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4633
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4634
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
4635
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4636
4637
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
4638
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
4639
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4640
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4641
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4642
0
    }
4643
0
        else
4644
0
    {
4645
0
      int target;
4646
4647
      /* IE->LE transition:
4648
             mov.l 1f,r0;
4649
             stc gbr,rN;
4650
             mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
4651
             bra 2f;
4652
             add ...;
4653
             .align 2;
4654
           1: x@GOTTPOFF;
4655
           2:
4656
         We change it into:
4657
             mov.l .Ln,rM;
4658
       stc gbr,rN;
4659
       nop;
4660
       ...;
4661
           1: x@TPOFF;
4662
           2:.  */
4663
4664
0
      offset = rel->r_offset;
4665
0
      if (offset < 16)
4666
0
        {
4667
0
          _bfd_error_handler
4668
      /* xgettext:c-format */
4669
0
      (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4670
0
       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4671
0
          return false;
4672
0
        }
4673
4674
      /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
4675
0
      offset -= 10;
4676
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4677
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
4678
0
        {
4679
0
          BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4680
0
          offset -= 2;
4681
0
          insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4682
0
        }
4683
4684
0
      if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
4685
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4686
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4687
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
4688
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
4689
4690
0
      target = insn & 0x00ff;
4691
4692
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4693
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
4694
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4695
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4696
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
4697
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
4698
4699
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4700
0
      if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
4701
0
        _bfd_error_handler
4702
          /* xgettext:c-format */
4703
0
          (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
4704
0
           input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
4705
4706
0
      insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
4707
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
4708
0
      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4709
0
    }
4710
4711
0
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4712
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4713
0
        continue;
4714
0
      }
4715
4716
0
    if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4717
0
      abort ();
4718
4719
0
    if (h != NULL)
4720
0
      off = h->got.offset;
4721
0
    else
4722
0
      {
4723
0
        if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
4724
0
    abort ();
4725
4726
0
        off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4727
0
      }
4728
4729
    /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
4730
0
    if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
4731
0
        && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
4732
0
      {
4733
0
        off &= ~1;
4734
0
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
4735
0
        sgot->contents + off);
4736
0
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4737
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4738
0
        continue;
4739
0
      }
4740
4741
0
    if ((off & 1) != 0)
4742
0
      off &= ~1;
4743
0
    else
4744
0
      {
4745
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4746
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
4747
0
        int dr_type, indx;
4748
4749
0
        outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4750
0
         + sgot->output_offset + off);
4751
4752
0
        if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4753
0
    indx = 0;
4754
0
        else
4755
0
    indx = h->dynindx;
4756
4757
0
        dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
4758
0
       R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4759
0
        if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
4760
0
    outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4761
0
        else
4762
0
    outrel.r_addend = 0;
4763
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
4764
0
        loc = srelgot->contents;
4765
0
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4766
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4767
4768
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
4769
0
    {
4770
0
      if (indx == 0)
4771
0
        {
4772
0
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4773
0
          relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
4774
0
          sgot->contents + off + 4);
4775
0
        }
4776
0
      else
4777
0
        {
4778
0
          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
4779
0
                R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
4780
0
          outrel.r_offset += 4;
4781
0
          outrel.r_addend = 0;
4782
0
          srelgot->reloc_count++;
4783
0
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4784
0
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4785
0
        }
4786
0
    }
4787
4788
0
        if (h != NULL)
4789
0
    h->got.offset |= 1;
4790
0
        else
4791
0
    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4792
0
      }
4793
4794
0
    if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
4795
0
      abort ();
4796
4797
0
    if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4798
0
      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4799
0
    else
4800
0
      {
4801
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4802
0
        unsigned short insn;
4803
4804
        /* GD->IE transition:
4805
       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4806
       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4807
       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4808
     We change it into:
4809
       mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
4810
       nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4811
       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
4812
4813
0
        offset = rel->r_offset;
4814
0
        if (offset < 16)
4815
0
    {
4816
0
      _bfd_error_handler
4817
        /* xgettext:c-format */
4818
0
        (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4819
0
         input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4820
0
      return false;
4821
0
    }
4822
4823
        /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4824
0
        offset -= 16;
4825
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4826
0
        if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4827
0
    {
4828
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4829
0
      offset -= 2;
4830
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4831
0
    }
4832
4833
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4834
4835
        /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
4836
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
4837
4838
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4839
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4840
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4841
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4842
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4843
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4844
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4845
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4846
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4847
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4848
4849
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
4850
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
4851
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
4852
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4853
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4854
4855
0
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
4856
0
        contents + rel->r_offset);
4857
4858
0
        continue;
4859
0
    }
4860
4861
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4862
4863
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4864
4865
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
4866
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4867
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4868
0
    if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4869
0
      {
4870
0
        bfd_vma offset;
4871
0
        unsigned short insn;
4872
4873
        /* LD->LE transition:
4874
       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
4875
       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
4876
       1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
4877
     We change it into:
4878
       stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
4879
       nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
4880
4881
0
        offset = rel->r_offset;
4882
0
        if (offset < 16)
4883
0
    {
4884
0
      _bfd_error_handler
4885
        /* xgettext:c-format */
4886
0
        (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
4887
0
         input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
4888
0
      return false;
4889
0
    }
4890
4891
        /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
4892
0
        offset -= 16;
4893
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4894
0
        if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
4895
0
    {
4896
0
      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
4897
0
      offset -= 2;
4898
0
      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
4899
0
    }
4900
4901
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
4902
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
4903
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
4904
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
4905
0
        BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
4906
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
4907
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
4908
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
4909
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
4910
0
        insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
4911
0
        BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
4912
4913
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
4914
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
4915
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
4916
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
4917
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
4918
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
4919
4920
0
        continue;
4921
0
      }
4922
4923
0
    if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
4924
0
      abort ();
4925
4926
0
    off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
4927
0
    if (off & 1)
4928
0
      off &= ~1;
4929
0
    else
4930
0
      {
4931
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4932
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
4933
4934
0
        outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4935
0
         + sgot->output_offset + off);
4936
0
        outrel.r_addend = 0;
4937
0
        outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4938
0
        loc = srelgot->contents;
4939
0
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4940
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4941
0
        htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
4942
0
      }
4943
4944
0
    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4945
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4946
4947
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4948
4949
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
4950
0
    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4951
0
    if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
4952
0
      relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4953
0
    else
4954
0
      relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
4955
4956
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4957
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4958
4959
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
4960
0
    {
4961
0
      int indx;
4962
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4963
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
4964
4965
0
      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4966
4967
0
      if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
4968
0
        {
4969
0
    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
4970
0
    addend = rel->r_addend;
4971
0
    goto final_link_relocate;
4972
0
        }
4973
4974
0
      if (sreloc == NULL)
4975
0
        {
4976
0
    sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4977
0
      (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
4978
0
    if (sreloc == NULL)
4979
0
      return false;
4980
0
        }
4981
4982
0
      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
4983
0
        indx = 0;
4984
0
      else
4985
0
        indx = h->dynindx;
4986
4987
0
      outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
4988
0
             + input_section->output_offset
4989
0
             + rel->r_offset);
4990
0
      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
4991
0
      if (indx == 0)
4992
0
        outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
4993
0
      else
4994
0
        outrel.r_addend = 0;
4995
4996
0
      loc = sreloc->contents;
4997
0
      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4998
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4999
0
      continue;
5000
0
    }
5001
0
  }
5002
5003
0
    relocation_done:
5004
0
      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5005
0
    && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5006
0
  {
5007
    /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5008
0
    if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5009
0
      {
5010
0
        if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5011
0
    {
5012
0
      info->callbacks->einfo
5013
        /* xgettext:c-format */
5014
0
        (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5015
0
         input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5016
0
      return false;
5017
0
    }
5018
0
        else
5019
0
    info->callbacks->einfo
5020
      /* xgettext:c-format */
5021
0
      (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5022
0
       input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5023
0
      }
5024
5025
0
    elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5026
0
  }
5027
5028
0
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5029
0
  {
5030
0
    switch (r)
5031
0
      {
5032
0
      default:
5033
0
      case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5034
0
        abort ();
5035
0
      case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5036
0
        {
5037
0
    const char *name;
5038
5039
0
    if (h != NULL)
5040
0
      name = NULL;
5041
0
    else
5042
0
      {
5043
0
        name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5044
0
          (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5045
0
        if (name == NULL)
5046
0
          return false;
5047
0
        if (*name == '\0')
5048
0
          name = bfd_section_name (sec);
5049
0
      }
5050
0
    (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5051
0
      (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5052
0
       (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5053
0
        }
5054
0
        break;
5055
0
      }
5056
0
  }
5057
0
    }
5058
5059
0
  return true;
5060
0
}
5061
5062
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5063
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5064
5065
static bfd_byte *
5066
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5067
               struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5068
               struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5069
               bfd_byte *data,
5070
               bool relocatable,
5071
               asymbol **symbols)
5072
13
{
5073
13
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5074
13
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5075
13
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5076
13
  asection **sections = NULL;
5077
13
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5078
13
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5079
5080
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5081
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5082
13
  if (relocatable
5083
13
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5084
13
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5085
13
                   link_order, data,
5086
13
                   relocatable,
5087
13
                   symbols);
5088
5089
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5090
5091
0
  bfd_byte *orig_data = data;
5092
0
  if (data == NULL)
5093
0
    {
5094
0
      data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size);
5095
0
      if (data == NULL)
5096
0
  return NULL;
5097
0
    }
5098
0
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5099
0
    (size_t) input_section->size);
5100
5101
0
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5102
0
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5103
0
    {
5104
0
      asection **secpp;
5105
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5106
0
      bfd_size_type amt;
5107
5108
0
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5109
0
       (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5110
0
        (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
5111
0
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5112
0
  goto error_return;
5113
5114
0
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5115
0
  {
5116
0
    isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5117
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
5118
0
      isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5119
0
              symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5120
0
              NULL, NULL, NULL);
5121
0
    if (isymbuf == NULL)
5122
0
      goto error_return;
5123
0
  }
5124
5125
0
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5126
0
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5127
0
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5128
0
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5129
0
  goto error_return;
5130
5131
0
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5132
0
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5133
0
  {
5134
0
    asection *isec;
5135
5136
0
    if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5137
0
      isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5138
0
    else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5139
0
      isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5140
0
    else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5141
0
      isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5142
0
    else
5143
0
      isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5144
5145
0
    *secpp = isec;
5146
0
  }
5147
5148
0
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5149
0
             input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5150
0
             isymbuf, sections))
5151
0
  goto error_return;
5152
5153
0
      free (sections);
5154
0
      if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5155
0
  free (isymbuf);
5156
0
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5157
0
  free (internal_relocs);
5158
0
    }
5159
5160
0
  return data;
5161
5162
0
 error_return:
5163
0
  free (sections);
5164
0
  if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5165
0
    free (isymbuf);
5166
0
  if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5167
0
    free (internal_relocs);
5168
0
  if (orig_data == NULL)
5169
0
    free (data);
5170
0
  return NULL;
5171
0
}
5172
5173
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5174
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5175
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5176
5177
static bfd_vma
5178
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5179
0
{
5180
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5181
0
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5182
0
    return 0;
5183
0
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5184
0
}
5185
5186
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5187
5188
static bfd_vma
5189
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5190
0
{
5191
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5192
0
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5193
0
    return 0;
5194
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5195
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5196
0
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5197
0
    + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5198
0
       elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5199
0
}
5200
5201
static asection *
5202
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5203
         struct bfd_link_info *info,
5204
         Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5205
         struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5206
         Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5207
0
{
5208
0
  if (h != NULL)
5209
0
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5210
0
      {
5211
0
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5212
0
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5213
0
  return NULL;
5214
0
      }
5215
5216
0
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5217
0
}
5218
5219
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5220
5221
static void
5222
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5223
           struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5224
           struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5225
0
{
5226
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5227
5228
0
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5229
0
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5230
5231
0
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5232
0
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5233
0
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5234
0
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5235
0
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5236
0
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5237
5238
0
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5239
0
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5240
0
    {
5241
0
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5242
0
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5243
0
    }
5244
5245
0
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5246
0
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5247
0
    {
5248
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5249
   of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5250
   We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
5251
0
      if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
5252
0
  dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5253
0
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5254
0
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5255
0
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5256
0
    }
5257
0
  else
5258
0
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5259
0
}
5260
5261
static int
5262
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5263
          int is_local)
5264
0
{
5265
0
  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5266
0
    return r_type;
5267
5268
0
  switch (r_type)
5269
0
    {
5270
0
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5271
0
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5272
0
      if (is_local)
5273
0
  return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5274
0
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5275
0
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5276
0
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5277
0
    }
5278
5279
0
  return r_type;
5280
0
}
5281
5282
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5283
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5284
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
5285
5286
static bool
5287
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5288
         const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5289
0
{
5290
0
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5291
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5292
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5293
0
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5294
0
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5295
0
  asection *sreloc;
5296
0
  unsigned int r_type;
5297
0
  enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5298
5299
0
  sreloc = NULL;
5300
5301
0
  if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5302
0
    return true;
5303
5304
0
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5305
5306
0
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5307
0
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5308
5309
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5310
0
  if (htab == NULL)
5311
0
    return false;
5312
5313
0
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5314
0
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5315
0
    {
5316
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5317
0
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5318
5319
0
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5320
0
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5321
5322
0
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5323
0
  h = NULL;
5324
0
      else
5325
0
  {
5326
0
    h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5327
0
    while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5328
0
     || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5329
0
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5330
0
  }
5331
5332
0
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5333
0
      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5334
0
    && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5335
0
    && h != NULL
5336
0
    && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5337
0
    && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5338
0
    && (h->dynindx == -1
5339
0
        || h->def_regular))
5340
0
  r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5341
5342
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
5343
0
  switch (r_type)
5344
0
    {
5345
0
    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5346
0
    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5347
0
    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5348
0
    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5349
0
    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5350
0
      if (h != NULL)
5351
0
        {
5352
0
    if (h->dynindx == -1)
5353
0
      switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5354
0
        {
5355
0
        case STV_INTERNAL:
5356
0
        case STV_HIDDEN:
5357
0
          break;
5358
0
        default:
5359
0
          bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5360
0
          break;
5361
0
        }
5362
0
        }
5363
0
      break;
5364
0
    }
5365
5366
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
5367
0
      if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
5368
0
  {
5369
0
    switch (r_type)
5370
0
      {
5371
0
      case R_SH_DIR32:
5372
        /* This may require an rofixup.  */
5373
0
        if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5374
0
    break;
5375
        /* Fall through.  */
5376
0
      case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5377
0
      case R_SH_GOT32:
5378
0
      case R_SH_GOT20:
5379
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5380
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5381
0
      case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5382
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5383
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5384
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5385
0
      case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5386
0
      case R_SH_GOTPC:
5387
0
      case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5388
0
      case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5389
0
      case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5390
0
        if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5391
0
    htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5392
0
        if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5393
0
    return false;
5394
0
        break;
5395
5396
0
      default:
5397
0
        break;
5398
0
      }
5399
0
  }
5400
5401
0
      switch (r_type)
5402
0
  {
5403
    /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5404
       Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
5405
0
  case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5406
0
    if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5407
0
      return false;
5408
0
    break;
5409
5410
    /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5411
       used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
5412
0
  case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5413
0
    if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5414
0
      return false;
5415
0
    break;
5416
5417
0
  case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5418
0
    if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5419
0
      info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5420
5421
    /* FALLTHROUGH */
5422
0
  force_got:
5423
0
  case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5424
0
  case R_SH_GOT32:
5425
0
  case R_SH_GOT20:
5426
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5427
0
  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5428
0
    switch (r_type)
5429
0
      {
5430
0
      default:
5431
0
        got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5432
0
        break;
5433
0
      case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5434
0
        got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5435
0
        break;
5436
0
      case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5437
0
        got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5438
0
        break;
5439
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5440
0
      case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5441
0
        got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
5442
0
        break;
5443
0
      }
5444
5445
0
    if (h != NULL)
5446
0
      {
5447
0
        h->got.refcount += 1;
5448
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5449
0
      }
5450
0
    else
5451
0
      {
5452
0
        bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5453
5454
        /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
5455
     symbol.  */
5456
0
        local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5457
0
        if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5458
0
    {
5459
0
      bfd_size_type size;
5460
5461
0
      size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5462
0
      size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
5463
0
      size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5464
0
      local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
5465
0
           bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
5466
0
      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5467
0
        return false;
5468
0
      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
5469
0
      sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
5470
0
        = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
5471
0
    }
5472
0
        local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
5473
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
5474
0
      }
5475
5476
    /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
5477
       there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
5478
0
    if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
5479
0
        && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
5480
0
      {
5481
0
        if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
5482
0
    got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5483
0
        else
5484
0
    {
5485
0
      if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5486
0
          && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
5487
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5488
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5489
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5490
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5491
0
      else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
5492
0
         || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
5493
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5494
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5495
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5496
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5497
0
      else
5498
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5499
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5500
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
5501
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5502
0
      return false;
5503
0
    }
5504
0
      }
5505
5506
0
    if (old_got_type != got_type)
5507
0
      {
5508
0
        if (h != NULL)
5509
0
    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
5510
0
        else
5511
0
    sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
5512
0
      }
5513
5514
0
    break;
5515
5516
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5517
0
    sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
5518
0
    break;
5519
5520
0
  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5521
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5522
0
  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5523
0
    if (rel->r_addend)
5524
0
      {
5525
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5526
0
    (_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
5527
0
     abfd);
5528
0
        return false;
5529
0
      }
5530
5531
0
    if (h == NULL)
5532
0
      {
5533
0
        union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5534
5535
        /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
5536
0
        local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5537
0
        if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5538
0
    {
5539
0
      bfd_size_type size;
5540
5541
0
      size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
5542
0
      local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
5543
0
      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
5544
0
        return false;
5545
0
      sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
5546
0
    }
5547
0
        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
5548
5549
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5550
0
    {
5551
0
      if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
5552
0
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5553
0
      else
5554
0
        htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5555
0
    }
5556
0
      }
5557
0
    else
5558
0
      {
5559
0
        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
5560
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5561
0
    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
5562
5563
        /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
5564
     there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
5565
0
        old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5566
0
        if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
5567
0
    {
5568
0
      if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
5569
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5570
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5571
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
5572
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5573
0
      else
5574
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5575
          /* xgettext:c-format */
5576
0
          (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
5577
0
           abfd, h->root.root.string);
5578
0
    }
5579
0
      }
5580
0
    break;
5581
5582
0
  case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5583
    /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5584
       creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
5585
5586
0
    if (h == NULL
5587
0
        || h->forced_local
5588
0
        || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
5589
0
        || info->symbolic
5590
0
        || h->dynindx == -1)
5591
0
      goto force_got;
5592
5593
0
    h->needs_plt = 1;
5594
0
    h->plt.refcount += 1;
5595
0
    ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
5596
5597
0
    break;
5598
5599
0
  case R_SH_PLT32:
5600
    /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
5601
       actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
5602
       because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
5603
       never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
5604
       don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
5605
       after all.  */
5606
5607
    /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
5608
       creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
5609
0
    if (h == NULL)
5610
0
      continue;
5611
5612
0
    if (h->forced_local)
5613
0
      break;
5614
5615
0
    h->needs_plt = 1;
5616
0
    h->plt.refcount += 1;
5617
0
    break;
5618
5619
0
  case R_SH_DIR32:
5620
0
  case R_SH_REL32:
5621
0
    if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
5622
0
      {
5623
0
        h->non_got_ref = 1;
5624
0
        h->plt.refcount += 1;
5625
0
      }
5626
5627
    /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5628
       against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5629
       against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5630
       into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
5631
       -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5632
       global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5633
       including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
5634
       this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5635
       possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5636
       later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
5637
       possibility below by storing information in the
5638
       dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
5639
       situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
5640
       visibility changes render the symbol local.
5641
5642
       If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5643
       may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5644
       dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5645
       symbol.  */
5646
0
    if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5647
0
         && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5648
0
         && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
5649
0
       || (h != NULL
5650
0
           && (! info->symbolic
5651
0
         || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5652
0
         || !h->def_regular))))
5653
0
        || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5654
0
      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5655
0
      && h != NULL
5656
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
5657
0
          || !h->def_regular)))
5658
0
      {
5659
0
        struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5660
0
        struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
5661
5662
0
        if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5663
0
    htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5664
5665
        /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5666
     reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
5667
     section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
5668
0
        if (sreloc == NULL)
5669
0
    {
5670
0
      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5671
0
        (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
5672
5673
0
      if (sreloc == NULL)
5674
0
        return false;
5675
0
    }
5676
5677
        /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5678
     relocations we need for this symbol.  */
5679
0
        if (h != NULL)
5680
0
    head = &h->dyn_relocs;
5681
0
        else
5682
0
    {
5683
      /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
5684
0
      asection *s;
5685
0
      void *vpp;
5686
0
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5687
5688
0
      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
5689
0
            abfd, r_symndx);
5690
0
      if (isym == NULL)
5691
0
        return false;
5692
5693
0
      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
5694
0
      if (s == NULL)
5695
0
        s = sec;
5696
5697
0
      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
5698
0
      head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
5699
0
    }
5700
5701
0
        p = *head;
5702
0
        if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
5703
0
    {
5704
0
      size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
5705
0
      p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
5706
0
      if (p == NULL)
5707
0
        return false;
5708
0
      p->next = *head;
5709
0
      *head = p;
5710
0
      p->sec = sec;
5711
0
      p->count = 0;
5712
0
      p->pc_count = 0;
5713
0
    }
5714
5715
0
        p->count += 1;
5716
0
        if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
5717
0
    p->pc_count += 1;
5718
0
      }
5719
5720
    /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
5721
       If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
5722
       fixup.  */
5723
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5724
0
        && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
5725
0
        && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5726
0
      htab->srofixup->size += 4;
5727
0
    break;
5728
5729
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5730
0
    if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5731
0
      {
5732
0
        _bfd_error_handler
5733
0
    (_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
5734
0
     abfd);
5735
0
        return false;
5736
0
      }
5737
5738
0
    break;
5739
5740
0
  case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5741
    /* Nothing to do.  */
5742
0
    break;
5743
5744
0
  default:
5745
0
    break;
5746
0
  }
5747
0
    }
5748
5749
0
  return true;
5750
0
}
5751
5752
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
5753
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
5754
5755
static bool
5756
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
5757
41.1k
{
5758
41.1k
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5759
5760
41.1k
  if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
5761
16.8k
    return false;
5762
5763
24.2k
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
5764
1.85k
    return false;
5765
5766
22.3k
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
5767
5768
22.3k
  return true;
5769
24.2k
}
5770
5771
5772
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
5773
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
5774
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
5775
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
5776
5777
int
5778
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
5779
0
{
5780
0
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
5781
5782
0
  for (; i>0; i--)
5783
0
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
5784
0
      return i;
5785
5786
  /* shouldn't get here */
5787
0
  BFD_FAIL();
5788
5789
0
  return -1;
5790
0
}
5791
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
5792
5793
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
5794
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
5795
5796
static bool
5797
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
5798
1
{
5799
1
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
5800
0
    return true;
5801
5802
1
  if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5803
0
    return false;
5804
5805
1
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5806
1
}
5807
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
5808
5809
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
5810
5811
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
5812
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
5813
5814
int
5815
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
5816
0
{
5817
0
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
5818
0
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
5819
5820
0
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
5821
0
}
5822
5823
/* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
5824
   resultant architecture supports all the features required
5825
   by the two input BFDs.
5826
   If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
5827
   DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
5828
   that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
5829
5830
static bool
5831
sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5832
0
{
5833
0
  bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5834
0
  unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
5835
5836
0
  if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
5837
0
    return false;
5838
5839
0
  old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5840
0
  new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
5841
5842
0
  merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
5843
5844
0
  if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5845
0
    {
5846
0
      _bfd_error_handler
5847
  /* xgettext:c-format */
5848
0
  (_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
5849
0
     "use %s instructions"),
5850
0
   ibfd,
5851
0
   SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
5852
0
   SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
5853
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5854
0
      return false;
5855
0
    }
5856
0
  else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
5857
0
    {
5858
0
      _bfd_error_handler
5859
  /* xgettext:c-format */
5860
0
  (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
5861
0
     "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
5862
0
   bfd_printable_name (obfd),
5863
0
   bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
5864
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5865
0
      return false;
5866
0
    }
5867
5868
0
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
5869
0
           sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
5870
5871
0
  return true;
5872
0
}
5873
5874
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
5875
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
5876
5877
static bool
5878
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5879
0
{
5880
0
  bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
5881
5882
  /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries?  */
5883
0
  if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5884
0
    return true;
5885
5886
0
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
5887
0
    return true;
5888
5889
0
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
5890
0
    {
5891
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
5892
0
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
5893
0
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
5894
0
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
5895
0
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
5896
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5897
0
    }
5898
5899
0
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
5900
0
    {
5901
0
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
5902
0
          "with instructions used in previous modules"),
5903
0
        ibfd);
5904
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5905
0
      return false;
5906
0
    }
5907
5908
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
5909
0
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
5910
0
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
5911
5912
0
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
5913
0
    {
5914
0
      _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
5915
0
        ibfd);
5916
0
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5917
0
      return false;
5918
0
    }
5919
5920
0
  return true;
5921
0
}
5922
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
5923
5924
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
5925
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
5926
   here.  */
5927
5928
static bool
5929
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
5930
41.1k
{
5931
41.1k
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
5932
18.7k
    return false;
5933
5934
22.3k
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
5935
22.3k
    == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
5936
41.1k
}
5937
5938
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
5939
   dynamic sections here.  */
5940
5941
static bool
5942
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5943
            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5944
            Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5945
0
{
5946
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5947
5948
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5949
5950
0
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5951
0
    {
5952
0
      asection *splt;
5953
0
      asection *sgotplt;
5954
0
      asection *srelplt;
5955
5956
0
      bfd_vma plt_index;
5957
0
      bfd_vma got_offset;
5958
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
5959
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
5960
0
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
5961
5962
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
5963
   it up.  */
5964
5965
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
5966
5967
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
5968
0
      sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
5969
0
      srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
5970
0
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
5971
5972
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
5973
   corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
5974
   in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
5975
   first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
5976
0
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
5977
5978
0
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
5979
0
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
5980
0
  plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
5981
5982
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
5983
   corresponds to this function.  */
5984
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
5985
  /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
5986
     before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
5987
     bytes.  */
5988
0
  got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
5989
0
      else
5990
  /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
5991
     reserved.  */
5992
0
  got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
5993
5994
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5995
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5996
  got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
5997
#endif
5998
5999
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6000
0
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6001
0
        plt_info->symbol_entry,
6002
0
        plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6003
6004
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6005
0
  {
6006
0
    if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6007
0
      {
6008
0
        bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6009
0
        r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6010
0
          splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6011
0
          h->plt.offset
6012
0
          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6013
0
        BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6014
0
      }
6015
0
    else
6016
0
      install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset,
6017
0
             (splt->contents
6018
0
        + h->plt.offset
6019
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6020
0
  }
6021
0
      else
6022
0
  {
6023
0
    BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6024
6025
0
    install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6026
0
           (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6027
0
            + sgotplt->output_offset
6028
0
            + got_offset),
6029
0
           (splt->contents
6030
0
            + h->plt.offset
6031
0
            + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6032
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6033
0
      {
6034
0
        unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6035
0
        int distance;
6036
6037
        /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6038
     REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6039
     PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6040
     branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6041
     to the last element of the previous group.  */
6042
        /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6043
     the common resolver stub.  */
6044
0
        reachable_plts = ((4096
6045
0
         - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6046
0
         - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6047
0
        / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6048
0
        plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6049
0
        if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6050
0
    distance = -(h->plt.offset
6051
0
           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6052
0
        else
6053
0
    distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6054
0
           * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6055
6056
        /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6057
0
        bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6058
0
        0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6059
0
        (splt->contents
6060
0
         + h->plt.offset
6061
0
         + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6062
0
      }
6063
0
    else
6064
0
      install_plt_field (output_bfd, true,
6065
0
             splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6066
0
             (splt->contents
6067
0
        + h->plt.offset
6068
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6069
0
  }
6070
6071
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6072
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6073
      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6074
  got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6075
#endif
6076
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6077
0
  got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6078
6079
0
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6080
0
  install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6081
0
         plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6082
0
         (splt->contents
6083
0
          + h->plt.offset
6084
0
          + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6085
6086
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6087
0
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6088
0
      (splt->output_section->vma
6089
0
       + splt->output_offset
6090
0
       + h->plt.offset
6091
0
       + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6092
0
      sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6093
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6094
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6095
0
        sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
6096
0
        sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6097
6098
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6099
0
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6100
0
          + sgotplt->output_offset
6101
0
          + got_offset);
6102
0
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6103
0
  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6104
0
      else
6105
0
  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6106
0
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6107
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6108
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6109
#endif
6110
0
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6111
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6112
6113
0
      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6114
0
  {
6115
    /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6116
       Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
6117
0
    loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6118
0
     + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6119
6120
    /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6121
       for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
6122
0
    rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6123
0
        + splt->output_offset
6124
0
        + h->plt.offset
6125
0
        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6126
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6127
0
    rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6128
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6129
0
    loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6130
6131
    /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6132
       the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
6133
0
    rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6134
0
        + sgotplt->output_offset
6135
0
        + got_offset);
6136
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6137
0
    rel.r_addend = 0;
6138
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6139
0
  }
6140
6141
0
      if (!h->def_regular)
6142
0
  {
6143
    /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6144
       the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
6145
0
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6146
0
  }
6147
0
    }
6148
6149
0
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6150
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6151
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6152
0
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6153
0
    {
6154
0
      asection *sgot;
6155
0
      asection *srelgot;
6156
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6157
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
6158
6159
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
6160
   up.  */
6161
6162
0
      sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6163
0
      srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6164
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6165
6166
0
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6167
0
          + sgot->output_offset
6168
0
          + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6169
6170
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6171
   symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6172
   of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6173
   The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6174
   initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
6175
0
      if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6176
0
    && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6177
0
        || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6178
0
    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6179
0
  {
6180
0
    if (htab->fdpic_p)
6181
0
      {
6182
0
        asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6183
0
        int dynindx
6184
0
    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6185
6186
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6187
0
        rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6188
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6189
0
      }
6190
0
    else
6191
0
      {
6192
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6193
0
        rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6194
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6195
0
            + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6196
0
      }
6197
0
  }
6198
0
      else
6199
0
  {
6200
0
    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6201
0
    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6202
0
    rel.r_addend = 0;
6203
0
  }
6204
6205
0
      loc = srelgot->contents;
6206
0
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6207
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6208
0
    }
6209
6210
0
  if (h->needs_copy)
6211
0
    {
6212
0
      asection *s;
6213
0
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6214
0
      bfd_byte *loc;
6215
6216
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
6217
6218
0
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6219
0
      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6220
0
          || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6221
6222
0
      s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6223
0
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6224
6225
0
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6226
0
          + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6227
0
          + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6228
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6229
0
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6230
0
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6231
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6232
0
    }
6233
6234
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
6235
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6236
     ".got" section.  */
6237
0
  if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6238
0
      || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
6239
0
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6240
6241
0
  return true;
6242
0
}
6243
6244
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
6245
6246
static bool
6247
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6248
0
{
6249
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6250
0
  asection *sgotplt;
6251
0
  asection *sdyn;
6252
6253
0
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6254
0
  if (htab == NULL)
6255
0
    return false;
6256
6257
0
  sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6258
0
  sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6259
6260
0
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6261
0
    {
6262
0
      asection *splt;
6263
0
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6264
6265
0
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6266
6267
0
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6268
0
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6269
0
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6270
0
  {
6271
0
    Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6272
0
    asection *s;
6273
6274
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6275
6276
0
    switch (dyn.d_tag)
6277
0
      {
6278
0
      default:
6279
0
        if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
6280
0
      && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
6281
0
    bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6282
0
        break;
6283
6284
0
      case DT_PLTGOT:
6285
0
        BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6286
0
        s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6287
0
        dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6288
0
    + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6289
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6290
0
        break;
6291
6292
0
      case DT_JMPREL:
6293
0
        s = htab->root.srelplt;
6294
0
        dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6295
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6296
0
        break;
6297
6298
0
      case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6299
0
        s = htab->root.srelplt;
6300
0
        dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6301
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6302
0
        break;
6303
0
      }
6304
0
  }
6305
6306
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6307
0
      splt = htab->root.splt;
6308
0
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
6309
0
  {
6310
0
    unsigned int i;
6311
6312
0
    memcpy (splt->contents,
6313
0
      htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
6314
0
      htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
6315
0
    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
6316
0
      if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
6317
0
        install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
6318
0
         (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6319
0
          + sgotplt->output_offset
6320
0
          + (i * 4)),
6321
0
         (splt->contents
6322
0
          + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
6323
6324
0
    if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
6325
0
      {
6326
        /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
6327
0
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6328
0
        bfd_byte *loc;
6329
6330
        /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
6331
     first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
6332
0
        loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
6333
0
        rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6334
0
            + splt->output_offset
6335
0
            + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
6336
0
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6337
0
        rel.r_addend = 8;
6338
0
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6339
0
        loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6340
6341
        /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
6342
     They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
6343
     _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
6344
     output.  */
6345
0
        while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
6346
0
    {
6347
      /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
6348
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6349
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
6350
0
               R_SH_DIR32);
6351
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6352
0
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6353
6354
      /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
6355
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
6356
0
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
6357
0
               R_SH_DIR32);
6358
0
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6359
0
      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6360
0
    }
6361
0
      }
6362
6363
    /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
6364
       really seem like the right value.  */
6365
0
    elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6366
0
  }
6367
0
    }
6368
6369
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
6370
0
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
6371
0
    {
6372
0
      if (sdyn == NULL)
6373
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
6374
0
      else
6375
0
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6376
0
        sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
6377
0
        sgotplt->contents);
6378
0
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
6379
0
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
6380
0
    }
6381
6382
0
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
6383
0
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
6384
6385
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
6386
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
6387
0
    {
6388
0
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
6389
0
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
6390
0
  + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6391
0
  + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
6392
6393
0
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
6394
6395
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
6396
0
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
6397
0
    }
6398
6399
0
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
6400
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6401
0
    == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
6402
6403
0
  if (htab->root.srelgot)
6404
0
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
6405
0
    == htab->root.srelgot->size);
6406
6407
0
  return true;
6408
0
}
6409
6410
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
6411
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6412
       const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6413
       const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
6414
0
{
6415
0
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
6416
0
    {
6417
0
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
6418
0
      return reloc_class_relative;
6419
0
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
6420
0
      return reloc_class_plt;
6421
0
    case R_SH_COPY:
6422
0
      return reloc_class_copy;
6423
0
    default:
6424
0
      return reloc_class_normal;
6425
0
    }
6426
0
}
6427
6428
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6429
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
6430
6431
static bool
6432
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6433
1
{
6434
1
  int offset;
6435
1
  unsigned int size;
6436
6437
1
  switch (note->descsz)
6438
1
    {
6439
1
      default:
6440
1
  return false;
6441
6442
0
      case 168:   /* Linux/SH */
6443
  /* pr_cursig */
6444
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
6445
6446
  /* pr_pid */
6447
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
6448
6449
  /* pr_reg */
6450
0
  offset = 72;
6451
0
  size = 92;
6452
6453
0
  break;
6454
1
    }
6455
6456
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
6457
0
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
6458
0
            size, note->descpos + offset);
6459
1
}
6460
6461
static bool
6462
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
6463
8
{
6464
8
  switch (note->descsz)
6465
8
    {
6466
8
      default:
6467
8
  return false;
6468
6469
0
      case 124:   /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
6470
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
6471
0
   = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
6472
0
  elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
6473
0
   = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
6474
8
    }
6475
6476
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
6477
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
6478
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
6479
6480
0
  {
6481
0
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
6482
0
    int n = strlen (command);
6483
6484
0
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
6485
0
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
6486
0
  }
6487
6488
0
  return true;
6489
8
}
6490
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
6491
6492
6493
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
6494
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
6495
6496
static bfd_vma
6497
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
6498
        const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6499
540
{
6500
540
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6501
6502
540
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
6503
540
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
6504
540
}
6505
6506
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
6507
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
6508
6509
static bool
6510
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6511
            struct bfd_link_info *info,
6512
            asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6513
0
{
6514
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6515
6516
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
6517
0
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
6518
0
    return false;
6519
6520
0
  return true;
6521
0
}
6522
6523
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
6524
6525
static bfd_byte
6526
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
6527
        struct bfd_link_info *info,
6528
        asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
6529
        asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
6530
        bfd_vma *encoded)
6531
0
{
6532
0
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6533
0
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6534
6535
0
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6536
0
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
6537
0
               loc_offset, encoded);
6538
6539
0
  h = htab->root.hgot;
6540
0
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
6541
6542
0
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6543
0
        == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
6544
0
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
6545
0
               loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
6546
6547
0
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
6548
0
        == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
6549
0
      (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
6550
6551
0
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
6552
0
    - (h->root.u.def.value
6553
0
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6554
0
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6555
6556
0
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
6557
0
}
6558
6559
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6560
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM    sh_elf32_vec
6561
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME   "elf32-sh"
6562
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
6563
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME  "elf32-shl"
6564
#endif
6565
6566
#define ELF_ARCH    bfd_arch_sh
6567
#define ELF_TARGET_ID   SH_ELF_DATA
6568
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE  EM_SH
6569
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
6570
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE   0x1000
6571
#else
6572
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE   0x80
6573
#endif
6574
6575
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
6576
6577
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
6578
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
6579
          sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
6580
#define elf_info_to_howto   sh_elf_info_to_howto
6581
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
6582
#define elf_backend_relocate_section  sh_elf_relocate_section
6583
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
6584
          sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
6585
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject    sh_elf_mkobject
6586
#define elf_backend_object_p    sh_elf_object_p
6587
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
6588
          sh_elf_copy_private_data
6589
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
6590
          sh_elf_merge_private_data
6591
6592
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook  sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
6593
#define elf_backend_check_relocs  sh_elf_check_relocs
6594
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
6595
          sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
6596
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
6597
          sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
6598
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
6599
          sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
6600
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
6601
          sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
6602
#define elf_backend_early_size_sections sh_elf_early_size_sections
6603
#define elf_backend_late_size_sections  sh_elf_late_size_sections
6604
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
6605
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
6606
          sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
6607
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
6608
          sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
6609
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class  sh_elf_reloc_type_class
6610
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val   sh_elf_plt_sym_val
6611
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
6612
          sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6613
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
6614
          sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
6615
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
6616
          sh_elf_encode_eh_address
6617
6618
#define elf_backend_stack_align   8
6619
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
6620
#define elf_backend_can_refcount  1
6621
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt  1
6622
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly  1
6623
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym  0
6624
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
6625
#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt  1
6626
6627
#define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 true
6628
6629
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
6630
6631
#include "elf32-target.h"
6632
6633
/* NetBSD support.  */
6634
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6635
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
6636
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6637
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-sh-nbsd"
6638
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6639
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
6640
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6641
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-shl-nbsd"
6642
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6643
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE     0x10000
6644
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6645
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
6646
#define elf_symbol_leading_char   0
6647
#undef  elf32_bed
6648
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
6649
6650
#include "elf32-target.h"
6651
6652
6653
/* Linux support.  */
6654
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6655
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
6656
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6657
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-shbig-linux"
6658
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6659
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_linux_vec
6660
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6661
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-sh-linux"
6662
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6663
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE    0x1000
6664
6665
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6666
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
6667
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6668
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo   elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
6669
#undef  elf32_bed
6670
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_lin_bed
6671
6672
#include "elf32-target.h"
6673
6674
6675
/* FDPIC support.  */
6676
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6677
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
6678
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6679
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
6680
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6681
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
6682
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6683
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-sh-fdpic"
6684
6685
#undef  elf32_bed
6686
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_fd_bed
6687
6688
#include "elf32-target.h"
6689
6690
/* VxWorks support.  */
6691
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
6692
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM      sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
6693
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
6694
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME     "elf32-sh-vxworks"
6695
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
6696
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM   sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
6697
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
6698
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME    "elf32-shl-vxworks"
6699
#undef  elf32_bed
6700
#define elf32_bed     elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
6701
6702
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
6703
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym  1
6704
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
6705
#define elf_symbol_leading_char   '_'
6706
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
6707
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
6708
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
6709
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
6710
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
6711
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
6712
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
6713
          elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
6714
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
6715
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs   elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
6716
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
6717
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
6718
          elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
6719
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
6720
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE     0x1000
6721
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
6722
6723
#undef  ELF_TARGET_OS
6724
#define ELF_TARGET_OS     is_vxworks
6725
6726
#include "elf32-target.h"
6727
6728
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */